AU2013200565B2 - C7-fluoro substituted tetracycline compounds - Google Patents

Abstract

The present invention is directed to a compound represented by Structural Formula (A): or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. The variables for Structural Formula (A) are defined herein. Also described is a pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound of Structural Formula (A) and its therapeutic use.

Description

Australian Patents Act 1990 - Regulation 3.2A ORIGINAL COMPLETE SPECIFICATION STANDARD PATENT Invention Title C7-fluoro substituted tetracycline compounds" The following statement is a full description of this invention, including the best method of performing it known to us: C:\NRPortbl\DCC\ACG\4895878_1.DOC - 31/1/13 C7-FLUORO SUBSTITUTED TETRACYCLINE COMPOUNDS RELATED APPLICATION 5 This is a divisional of Australian Patent Application No. 2009279473, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION The tetracyclines are broad spectrum anti-microbial agents that are widely used in 10 human and veterinary medicine. The total production of tetracyclines by fermentation or semi-synthesis is measured in the thousands of metric tons per year. The widespread use of tetracyclines for therapeutic purposes has led to the emergence of resistance to these antibiotics, even among highly susceptible bacterial species. Thefore, there is need for new tetracycline analogs with improved antibacterial 15 activities and efficacies against other tetracycline responsice diseases or disorders. SUMMARYT OF THE INVENTION The present invention is directed to a compound represented by Structural Formula (A):

H

3 C, ,CHa F K N H H, OH

NH

2 OH 0 HOHO O (A), 20(A or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: X is selected from hydrogen, -(CI-C 7 )alkyl, carbocyclyl, aryl and heteroaryl; Y is selected from hydrogen, -(C 1

-C

7 )alkyl, carbocyclyl, -(Ci-C4)alkylene-N(R A)(RB), 25 -(C1-C4)alkylene-N(RF)-C(O)-[C(RD)(RE) 0-4-N(RA)(RB), -CH=N-ORA, -N(RA)(RB), -2 -N(RF)-C(O)-[C(RD)(RE)1.-4-N(.R^)(R"), -N(RF)-C(O)-N(R^")(e) -N(Rr)-C(O)-(CI-C6)alkyl, -N(RF)-C(O)-heterocyclyl, -N(RF)-C(O)-heteroaryl, -N(Re)-C(O)-carbocyclyl, -N(RF)-C(O)-aryl, -N(F)-S(O)m-(C eC4)alkylene-N(Ra)(e), 5 -N(RF)-S(O)m-(Cr-C4)alkylene-carbocyclyl, and -N(RF)-S(0)m-(C rC4)alkylene-aryl at least one of X and Y is not hydrogen; each RA and R are independently selected from hydrogen, (C] -C 7 )alkyl,

-O-(C-C

7 )alkyl, -(Co-C 6 )alkylene-carbocyclyl, -(Co-C)alkylene-aryl, -(Co-C 6 )alkylene-heterocyclyl, -(Co-C 6 )alkylene-heteroaryl, 10 -(C 1

-C

6 )alkylene-O-carbocy clyl, -(C-C)alkylene-O-aryl,

-(CI-C

6 )alkylene-0-heterocyclyl, -(C-C 6 )alkylene-O-heteroaryl, -S(O)m,-(C-C 6 )alkyl, -(Co-C 4 )alkylene-S(O)m-carbocyclyl, -(Co-C 4 )alkylene-S(0).-aryl, -(Co-C 4 )alkylene-S(O)m-heterocyclyl and -(Co-C 4 )alkylene-S(O)m-heteroaryl; or 15 RA and Re taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bound form a heterocyclyl or heteroaryl, wherein the heterocycle or heteroaryl optionally comprises 1 to 4 additional heteroatoms independently selected from N, S and 0; each RD and each Re is independently selected from hydrogen, (C-C 6 )alkyl, carbocyclyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, or a naturally occurring amino acid side 20 chain moiety, or R D and RE taken together with the carbon atom to which they are bound form a 3-7 membered carbocyclyl, or a 4-7 membered heterocyclyl, wherein the heterocyclyl formed by RD and RE optionally comprises one to two additional heteroatoms independently selected from N, S and 0; 25 - RF is selected from hydrogen, (CI-C 7 )alkyl, carbocyclyl, aryl and heteroaryl; and ni is I or 2, wherein: each carbocyclyl, aryl, heterocyclyl or heteroaryl is optionally and independently substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from 30 halo, -(C-C 4 )alkyl, -OH, =0, -O-(C 1

-C

4 )alkyl, -(Ce-C 4 )alkyl-O-(CI-C 4 )alkyl, halo-substituted -(C-C 4 )alkyl, halo-substituted -O-(C-C 4 )alkyl, -C(O)-(Cr-C 4 )alkyl, -C(O)-(fluoro-substituted-(CI-C 4 )alkyl), -S(O)m-(Cr C.

4 )alkyl, -N(R)Rc), and CN; -3 each alkyl in the group represented by RA, R , R and RE is optionally and independently substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halo, -(Cr-C 4 )alkyl, -OH, -O-(C-C7)alkyl, -(C-C 4 )alkyl-O-(Ci-C 4 )alkyl, fluoro-substituted-(CI-C 4 )alkyl, -S(O)m-(Ci-C 4 )alkyl, and -N(RG)(RG), wherein 5 each RG is hydrogen or (C] -C 4 )alkyl, wherein each alkyl in the group represented by RG is optionally and independently substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from -(C-C 4 )alkyl, (C 3

-C

6 )cycloalkyl, halo, -OH, -O-(C.-C 4 )alkyl, and (C-C 4 )alkyl-O-(C -C4)al kyl. Another embodiment of the present invention is directed to a compound 10 represented by Structural Formula (II) F X

H

3 C' N'.CH3 H H

-

OH 2 N

-

NH

2 F OH O HO HO 0 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: R' and R 2 are each independently selected from hydrogen, (C-C 7 )alkyl,

(C

3

-C

6 )cycloalkyl(C-C 4 )alkyl, (C-C 7 )aikoxy(CI-C 4 )alkyl, 15 (C 3

-C

6 )cycloalkoxy(Cr-C 4 )alkyl, (C 3 -C)cycloalkyl, aryl, aryl(Cr-C4)alkyl, aryloxy(Ci-C 4 )alkyl, arylthio(Ci-C 4 )alkyl, arylsufinyl(C-C 4 )alkyl, arylsulfonyl(C-C 4 )alkyl, and -O-(Ci-C 7 )alkyl, or R1 and R 2 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bonded form a monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl, or a monocyclic, fused bicyclic, bridged 20 bicyclic or spiro bicyclic heterocycle, wherein the heteroaryl or heterocycle optionally contains one or two additional heteroatoms independently selected from N, 0 and S; and wherein each alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy and cycloalkoxy moiety in the groups represented by R1 and R2 and each heterocycle represented by NR'R 2 taken together 25 is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of (C-C 4 )alkyl, halo, -OH, (C-C 4 )alkoxy, (Ci-C)alkylthio,

(C]-C

4 )alkylsulfinyl, (Cr 1

-C

4 )alkylsulfonyl, (C-C 4 )alkoxy(C-C 4 )alkyl, and

-N(R')(R

4 ); and -4 each aryl, aryloxy, arylthio, arylsufinyl and arylsulfonyl moiety in the groups represented by R' and R 2 and each heteroaryl represented by NR'R2 taken together is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of (C -C 4 )alkyl, halo, -OH, (C-C4)alkoxy, -S-(Cr-C 4 )alkyl, 5 -S(O)(Cr -C 4 )alkyl, -S(O) 2

(CI-C

4 )alkyl, (C-C 4 )alkoxy(Cr-C4)alkyl, -N(R 3

)(R

4 ); -CN, halo(C-C 4 )alkyl, and halo(C-C 4 )alkoxy, and

R

3 and R 4 are each independently selected from the group consisting of -H and (CI-C 4 )alkyl, wherein the (C-C 4 )alkyl represented by RW and R 4 is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from the group 10 consisting of (CI-C 4 )alkyl, halo, -OH, (C-C 4 )alkoxy, and

(C-C

4 )alkoxy(C-C 4 )alkyl. Values for X and RF are as described above for Structural Formula (A). Another embodiment of the present invention is directed to a compound represented by Structural Formula (I): F H3C,,N -H3 H H O H R' 0 2RN NH2 N H 6 H 15 O H 0 HO 0 0 (R), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: R' and R 2 are each independently selected from hydrogen, (C-C 7 )alkyl,

(C

3

-C

6 )cycloalkyl(Cr C 4 )alkyl, (C-C 7 )alkoxy(Cr-C 4 )alkyl,

(C

3

-C

6 )cycloalkoxy(C-C 4 )alkyl, (C 3

-C

6 )cycloalkyl, aryl, aryl(Cr-C4)alkyl, 20 aryloxy(C -C 4 )atkyl, arylthio(C-C4)alkyl, arylsulfinyl(C-C 4 )alkyl, and arylsulfonyl(C-C 4 )alkyl, or R1 and R 2 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bonded form a monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl, or a monocyclic, fused bicyclic, bridged bicyclic or spiro bicyclic heterocycle, wherein the heteroaryl or heterocycle 25 optionally contains one additional heteroatom independently selected from N, 0 and S; and the remainder of the variables are as described above for Structural Formula

(II).

-5 Another embodiment of the present invention is directed to a pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent and a compound represented by Structural Formula (A), (II) or (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof The pharmaceutical composition is used in therapy, such as 5 treating an infection in a subject. Another embodiment of the present invention is a method of treating an infection in a subject comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a compound represented by Structural Formula (A), (II) or (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof 10 Another embodiment of the present invention is a method of preventing an infection in a subject comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a compound represented by Structural Formula (A), (11) or (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof Another embodiment of the present invention is the use of a compound 15 represented by Structural Formula (A), (II) or (1) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for the manufacture of a medicament for treating an infection in a subject. Another embodiment of the present invention is the use of a compound represented by Structural Formula (A), (II) or (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable 20 salt thereof for the manufacture of a medicament for preventing an infection in a subject. Another embodiment of the present invention is the use of a compound represented by Structural Formula (A), (11) or (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for therapy, such as treating or preventing an infection in a subject. 25 DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION The present invention is directed to a compound represented by Structural Formula (A) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. Values and alternative values for the variables in Structural Formula (A) are defined as the following: X is selected from hydrogen, -(CI-C 7 )alkyl, carbocyclyl, aryl and heteroaryl. 30 In one embodiment, X is hydrogen. In an alternative embodiment, X is -(Cr

C

7 )alkyl. Alternatively, X is -(CI-C 4 )alkyl. In another embodiment, X is -6 carbocyclyl. In another alternative embodiment, X is aryl or heteroaryl. In another alternative embodiment, X is phenyl. Y is selected from hydrogen, -(C-C 7 )alkyl, carbocyclyl, -(CrC 4 )alkylene-N(RA)(RB 5 -(C-C4)alkylene-N(RF)-C(O)-[C(RD)(RE)].4-N(R)(R), -CH=N-ORA, -N(RA)(RB), -N(RF)-()[(W) ) D E)-4-N(R^A)(RB1), -N(F)-C(0)-N(R)(R ), -N(RF)-C(O)-(Cr C 6 )alkyl, -N(RF)-C(O)-heterocyclyl, -N(RF)-C(O)-heteroaryl, -N(RF)-C(0)-carbocyclyl, -- N(RF)COarl -N(RF)-S(O)m-(Cr-C 4 )alkylene-N(R^)(RI), 10 -N(RF)-S(O)m-(CI-C4)alkylene-carbocyclyl, and -N(R)-S(O)m-(C-C 4 )alkylene-aryl, provided at least one of X and Y is not hydrogen. In one embodiment, Y is selected from hydrogen, -(C -C 7 )alkyl, -(Cr-C4)alkylene-N(RA)(RB), -(CrC4)alkylene-N(RF [ D)(RE)]o.4-N(R^)(RB), -CH=N-ORA, -N(RA)(RB), -N(RF)-C(O)-[C(RD)(RE-)]1.4-N(RA)(RB), -N(e)-C(O)-N(RA)(R ) 15 -N(RF)-C(O)-(Cr-C 6 )alkyl, -N(RF)-C(O)-heterocyclyl, -N(RY)-C(O)-heteroaryl, -N(RF)-C(O)-carbocyclyl, -N(RF)-C(O)-aryI, -N(RF)-S(O)m-(CI C 4 )alkylene-N(RA)(Re), -N(RF)-S(O)m-(CI-C 4 )alkylene-carbocyclyl, and -N(RF)-S(O)m 1 -(Cl-C4)alkylen e-aryl, provided at least one of X and Y is not hydrogen. In one embodiment, Y is selected 20 from hydrogen, -(C-C 7 )alkyl, -(Cr -C 4 )alkylene-N(R^)(R), -(Cr-C4)alkylene-N(RF)-C(O)-[C(RD)(E)O-4-N(,RA)(RB), -CH=N-OR^, -N(R^X )R B -N(R"")-C(O)-[C(RP)(RE)]1.4-N(RA)(RB), -NH-C(O)-C(Re )(E)-N(RAL)(RB), -N(e)-C(O)-N(RA)(RB), -N(R)-C(O)-(CrC6)alkyl, -N(RF)-C(O)-heterocyclyl, -N(RI)-C(O)-h eteroatyl, -N(RF)-C(O)-carbocyclyI, -N(RF)-C(O)-aryl 25 -N(RF)-S(O)m-(CIC 4 )alkylene-N(RA)(R), -N(RF)-S(O)m-_(Cl -C 4 )alkyl ene-carbocyclyl, and -N(R-)-S(),-(CrC 4 )alkylene-aryl. In another embodiment, Y is selected from hydrogen, -(C-C7)alkyl,

-(C

1 rC 4 )alkylene-N(RA)(Re), -(CI-C 4 )alkylene-NH-C(O)-(CH2)o- 1 N(R^)(RB), -N(RA)(RB), -NH-C(O)-carbocyclyl, -NH-C(O)-aryl, -NH-C(O)-heterocyclyl, 30 -NH-C(O)-heteroaryl, -NH-C(O)-N(RA)(RA), -N(RF')-C(O)-CR2-N(R^)(RE), -NH-C(O)-C(RD)(R)-N(RA)(Rn) and -NH-S(O)m-(CrC4)a1kylene-N(RA)(R). Alternatively, the -(C 1

-C

7 )alkyl represented by Y described above is a -(C-C4)alkyl. In yet another embodiment, Y is selected from -N(RA)(RB) -7 -N(H)-C(O)-carbocyclyl, -N(H)-C(O)-aryl, -N(H)-C(O)-hetero cycle, and -N(H)-C(O)-heteroaryl. Alternatively, Y is -NH-C(O)-CH 2 -N(RA)(RB). More specifically, RA and Re in -NH-C(O)-CH 2 -N(RA)(R) are R' and R 2 , respectively. Each RA and Re are independently selected from hydrogen, (C1-C 7 )alkyl, 5 -O-(C 1

-C

7 )alkyl, -(Co-C 6 )alkylene-carbocyclyl, -(Co-Q)alkylene-aryl, -(Co-C 6 )alkylene-heterocyclyl, -(Co-C6)alkylene-heteroaryl, -(Cti-C6)al.kylene-O-carbocyclyl, -(CI-C)alkylene-O-aryl,

-(C

1

-C

6 )alkylene-O-heterocyclyl, -(C 1 -C)alkylene-O-heteroaryl,

-S(O).

1 -(C1-C 6 )alkyl, -(Co-C4)alkylene-S(O)m-carbocyclyl, 10 -(Co-C 4 )alkylene-S(O)m-aryl, -(Co-C 4 )alkylene-S(O)m-heterocyclyl and -(Co-CI)alkylene-S(O)r-heteroaryl; or RA and Re taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bound form a heterocyclyl or heteroaryl, wherein the heterocy cle or heteroaryl optionally comprises I to 4 additional heteroatoms independently selected from N, S and 0. In 15 one embodiment, each RA is independently selected from hydrogen and methyl; RP is selected from hydrogen, (Ci-C 7 )alkyl, -(Co-C6)alkylene-carbocyclyl, -(Co-C)alkylene-aryl, -(Co-C 6 )alkylene-heteroaryl, -S(O)m"-(Ci-Cc)alkyl, -(Co-C 4 )alkylene-S(O)m-carbocyclyl, -(CO-C4)alkylene-S(O)m-aryl, -(Co-C 4 )al kylene-S(O)m-heterocycle and -(Co-C 4 )alkylene-S(O)m-heteroaryl; or RA 20 and RB taken together with the nitrogen atom to form a heterocycle, wherein the heterocycle is optionally substituted with =0 and -N(R)(RG), In another embodiment, R^ is hydrogen; and RP is selected from (C 1

-C

4 )alkyl, and -S(O) 2

-CH

3 ; or R^ and Re taken together to form 4-7 membered heterocyclic ring. Each RD and each RE is independently selected from hydrogen, (C 1

-C

6 )alkyl, 25 carbocyclyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, or a naturally occurring amino acid side chain moiety, or RD and RE taken together with the carbon atom to which they are bound form a 3-7 membered carbocyclyl, or a 4-7 membered heterocyclyl, wherein the heterocyclyl formed by RD and Rj' optionally comprises one to two additional heteroatoms independently selected from N, S and 0. In one embodiment, RD and 30 RE are both -H. RF is selected from hydrogen, (CI-C 7 )alkyl, carbocyclyl, aryl and heteroaryl. In one embodiment, RF is hydrogen. In another embodiment, RF is selected from hydrogen, (C 1 -C7)alkyl, aryl and heteroaryl. In another embodiment, RF is selected -8 from hydrogen, (Cr,-C 7 )alkyi and phenyl. In another embodiment, R is selected from hydrogen, (C-C4)alkyl and phenyl RD is selected from (C-C 6 )alkyl, carbocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, and a naturally occurring amino acid side chain moiety, or R' and RE taken together 5 with the carbon atom to which they are bound form a 3-7 membered carbocyclyl, or a 4-7 membered heterocyclyl, wherein the heterocyclyl formed by RD and RE optionally comprises one to two additional heteroatoms independently selected from N, S and 0. In one embodiment, RD' and RE taken together with the carbon atom to which they are bound form a (C 3

-C

7 )cycloalkyl. 10 m is I or 2, In one embodiment, m is 2. Each carbocyclyl, aryl, heterocyclyl or heteroaryl described above (e.g., in the groups represented by Y, R^A, Re, RD, RD and R-E) is optionally and independently substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halo, -(C 1 -C4)alkyl, -OH, =0, -O-(C 1

-C

4 )alkyl, -(C-C 4 )alkyl-O-(C-C 4 )alkyl, 15 halo-substituted -(C-C 4 )alkyl, halo-substituted -0-(CI-C 4 )alkyl, -C(0)-(Ci-C 4 )alkyl, -C(O)-(fluoro-substituted-(C-C 4 )alkyl), -S(0)m-(C 1

-C

4 )alkyl, -N(R)(RG), and CN. In one embodiment, each carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl or heteroaryl is optionally and independently substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halo, -(C-C 4 )alkyl, halo-substituted -(C -C 4 )alkyl, -O-(C-C 4 )alkyl, and -N(RG)(R'), 20 In another embodiment, each carbocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocycle is optionally and independently substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from -CH 3 , fluoro, and -N(CH 3

)

2 , Each alkyl described above (e.g., in the groups represented by Y, RA, RH, RD, RD, RE, RF and RF') is optionally and independently substituted with one or more 25 substituents independently selected from halo, -(CI-C4)alkyl, -OH, -O-(Cr C7)aLkyl,

-(C-C

4 )alkyl-O-(Ci-C4)alkyl, fluoro-substituted-(C- 4 )alkyl, -S(O)m-(C-C 4 )alkyl, and -N(RG)(RG). In one embodiment, each alkyl group (e.g., in the group represented by Y or Rr') is optionally and independently substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halo, -OH, and -N(R)(RG). 30 Each RG is hydrogen or (C-C 4 )alkyl, wherein each alkyl in the group represented by R is optionally and independently substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from -(C -C 4 )alkyl, (C 3 -C)cycloalkyl, halo, -OH, -O-(C-C 4 )alkyl, and (Ci-C 4 )alkyl-O-(C-C 4 )alkyl. In one embodiment, each -9 alkyl in the group represented by RG is optionally and independently substitued with (C1-C 6 )cycloalkyl. As used herein, when RA and R taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bound form a a heterocyclyl or heteroaryl, the heterocyclyl or 5 heteroaryl represented by -NRARe can include a ring system that has a lieteroatom adjacent to the nitrogen atom to which RA and RB are bound, For example, -NRARe can be, but is not limited to, the following ring systems: N N N-N N Similarly, when RD and R2 or RP' and RE taken together with the carbon 10 atom to which they are bound form a heterocyclyl, the heterocyclyl can include a ring system that has a heteroatom adjacent to the carbon atom to which RD and RE or RD' and RE are bound. The present invention is directed to a compound represented by Structural Formula (I) or (II) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. Values and 15 alternative values for the variables in Structural Formula (I) or (II) are defined as the following: R' is selected from hydrogen, (C-C 7 )alkyl, (C-C6)cycloalkyl(C-C 4 )alkyl,

(C-C

7 )alkoxy(C-C 4 )alkyl, (C3-C 6 )cycloalkoxy(C-C 4 )alkyl, (C3-C6)cycloalkyl, aryl, aryl(CI-C 4 )alkyl, aryloxy(C-C 4 )alkyl, arylthio(Cr 1 -C4)alkyl, arylsulfinyl(C 20 C 4 )alkyl, arylsulfonyl(C-C 4 )alkyl and -O-(Cr-C 7 )alkyl. Each alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, arylthio, arylsulfinyl and arylsulfonyl moiety in the groups represented by R1 can be optionally substituted with one or more independently selected substituents defined above for Structural Formula (I). Alternatively, R1 is selected from hydrogen, (CI-C 7 )alkyl, 25 (C 3

-C

6 )cycloalkyl(C 1 -C4)alkyl, (C 1

-C

7 )alkoxy(C-C 4 )alkyl, (C3-C6)cycloalkoxy(Ct-C 4 )alkyl, (C3-C 6 )cycloalkyl, aryl, aryl(C-C4)alkyl, aryloxy(C-C 4 )alkyl, arylthio(C-C 4 )alkyl, aiylsulfinyl(C-C 4 )alkyl and arylsuifonyl(C 1

-C

4 )alkyl. In another alternative, R' is -H, (C-C 7 )alkyl, or -O-(C

C

4 )alkyl. In another alternative, R 1 is -H or (C-C 7 )alkyl. In another alternative, R, 30 is -H, methyl or ethyl. In yet another alternative, R' is -OCH 3 or -OC(CI-1 3

)

3

.

- 10 R2 is selected from hydrogen, (Ci-C 7 )alkyl, (C-C 6 )cycloalkyl(C 1

-C

4 )alkyl,

(CI-C

7 )alkoxy(C-C4)alkyl, (C3-C 6 )cycloalkoxy(C-C 4 )alkyl, (C 3 -C)cycloalkyl, aryl, aryl(C-C 4 )alkyl, aryloxy(C-C4)alkyl, arylthio(C-C 4 )alkyl, arylsulfinyl(Ci

C

4 )alkyl, arylsulfonyl(C-C 4 )alkyl and -O-(CI-C 7 )alkyl. Each alkyl, cycloalkyl, 5 alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, aryl, and aryloxy moiety in the groups represented by R2 can be optionally substituted with one or more independently selected substituents defined above for Structural Formula (I). Alternatively, R 2 is selected from hydrogen, (C-C 7 )alkyl, (C 3

-C

6 )cycloalkyl(CI-C 4 )alkyl, (C-C7)alkoxy(C-C 4 )alkyl, (C3-C6)cycloalkoxy(C-C 4 )alkyl, (C3-C6)cycloalkyl, aryl, aryl(C-C4)alkyl, 10 asyloxy(C-C 4 )alkyl, arylthio(Cr-C 4 )alkyl, arylsulfinyl(C-C 4 )alkyl and arylsulfonyl(C 1

-C

4 )alkyl. Alternatively, R 2 is selected from (CrC 7 )alkyl, (C- C)cycloalkyl(Ci-C 4 )alkyl, (C -C7)alkoxy(C 1

-C

4 )alkyl, phenyl, phenyl(C-C 4 )alkyl, (C3-C6)cycloalkyl and halo(C-C 4 )alkyl, wherein each alkyl, alkoxy and cycloalkyl moiety in the groups represented by R2 is optionally 15 substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of (CI-C 4 )alkyl and halo; and each phenyl moiety in the groups represented by R2 is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of (C] -C4)alkyl, halo, (CI -C 4 )alkoxy, (C-C 4 )alkoxy(C 1

-C

4 )alkyl, -CN, halo(C,-C 4 )alkyl, and 20 halo(Cr-C4)alkoxy. In another alternative, R 2 is selected from the group consisting of cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclopropylmethyl, cyclobutylmethyl, phenyl, benzyl, -(CH 2

)

2

-O-CH

3 , -(CH 2

)

3 -OCFH, -C(CH 3

)

3 , -CH(CH 3

)

2 ,

-CH

2

C(CH

3

)

3 , -CH 2

CH(CH

3

)

2 , -CH 2

-CF

3 , -(CH 2 )rCH 2 F, and -(CH 2 )nCH 3 , wherein n is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6; and wherein the phenyl or benzyl group represented by R 2 is 25 optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of (C-C 4 )alkyl, halo, (CI-C 4 )alkoxy, (C-C 4 )alkoxy(C-C 4 )alkyl, -CN, halo(CI-C 4 )alkyl, and halo(CI-C 4 )alkoxy. In another alternative, R 2 is a phenyl or benzyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of (CI-C 4 )alkyl, halo, (CI-C 4 )alkoxy, 30 (C-C 4 )alkoxy(Ci-C 4 )alkyl, -CN, halo(C-C 4 )alkyl, and halo(CI-C4)alkoxy. In another alternative, R2 is unsubstituted phenyl or benzyl. In another alternative, R 2 is selected from cyclopropyl, cyclopropylmethyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, - 11 cyclohexyl, -(CH 2

)

2

-O-CH

3 , -C(CH 3

)

3 , -CH(CH3) 2 , -CH 2

-CF

3 , -CH 2

CH(CH

3

)

2 , -CH 3 and -CH 2

CH

3 . Alternatively, R.' and R 2 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bonded can also form a monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl, or a monocyclic, 5 fused bicyclic, bridged bicyclic or spiro bicyclic heterocycle, wherein the heteroaryl or heterocycle optionally contains one or two additional heteroatoms independently selected from N, 0 and S in addition to the N atom to which Rt and R 2 are bonded. The heteroaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted with one or more independently selected substituents described above for Structural Formula (I). 10 Alternatively, the heteroaryl or heterocycle contains one additional heteroatom selected from N, 0 and S. Alternatively, R' and R 2 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bonded form a heterocycle selected from the group consisting of azetidine, pyrrolidine, morpholine, piperidine, octahydrocyclopenta[c]pyrrol, isoindoline, and azabicyclo[3. 1.O]hexane, wherein the 15 heterocycle is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting-of (Ci-C 4 )alkyl, halogen, -OH, (Ci-C 4 )alkoxy,

(C

1

C

4 )alkylthio, (C-C 4 )alkylsulfinyl, (C -C 4 )alkylsulfonyl,

(C

1

-C

4 )alkoxy(C-C 4 )alkyl, and -N(R 3

)(R

4 ). In a more specific embodiment, these heterocycles are optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently 20 selected from the group consisting of halogen, (CI-C 4 )alkoxy, hydroxy,

(C-C

4 )alkoxy(C-C 4 )alkyl and -N(R 3 )(R). In another alternative embodiment, these heterocycles are optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, methoxy, hydroxy, inethoxymethyl and dimethylamino. Alternatively, R1 and R 2 taken together with 25 the nitrogen atom to which they are bonded form a ring selected from pyrrolidinyl, morpholinyl, azetidinyl, piperidinyl, octahydrocyclopenta[c]pyrrolyl, isoindolinyl, indazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, and tetrazolyl, wherein the ring formed by R' and R 2 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bonded is optionally substituted with halogen, (C-C 4 )alkoxy, hydroxy, 30 (C-C 4 )alkoxy(C-C 4 )alkyl and -N(R 3

)(R

4 ), More specifically, the ring formed by R' and R 2 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bonded is optionally substituted with fluoro, -OH, -OCH 3 , or N(CH) 2

.

-12

R

3 and R4 are each independently selected from the group consisting of -H and (CI-C 4 )alkyl, wherein the (CI-C 4 )alkyl represented by R 3 and R4 is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of (CI-C 4 )alkyl, halo, -OH, (CI-C 4 )alkoxy, and 5 (C-C 4 )alkoxy(Cr1-C 4 )alkyl. Alternatively, R 3 and R 4 are both methyl. In another alternative, R 3 and R4 are both -R In yet another alternative, R3 and R 4 are each unsubstituted (CI-C 4 )alkyl. In. a first alternative embodiment, the compound of the present invention is represented by Structural Formula (I) or (II), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt 10 thereof, wherein: Ri 1 is -H or (CI-C 7 )alkyl; and

R

2 is selected from (C 1

-C

7 )alkyl, (C 3

-C

6 )cycloalkyl(C-C 4 )alkyl,

(C-C

7 )alkoxy(CI -C4)alkyl, phenyl, phenyl(C-C 4 )alkyl, (C 3 -C6)cycloalkyl and halo(C-C4)alkyl, wherein each alkyl, alkoxy or cycloalkyl moiety in the groups 15 represented by R2 is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of (CI-C 4 )alkyl and halo; and each phenyl moiety in the groups represented by R 2 is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of(CI-C 4 )alkyl, halo, (CI-C 4 )alkoxy, (C,-C 4 )alkoxy(C 1

-C

4 )alkyl, -CN, halo(CI-C 4 )alkyl, and 20 halo(Ci-C 4 )alkoxy. Alternatively, R 2 is selected from the group consisting of cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclopropylmethyl, cyclobutylmethyl, phenyl, benzyl, -(CH 2

)

2

-O-CH

3 , -(CH 2

)

3

-OCH

3 , -C(CH 3

)

3 , -CH(CH3) 2 , -CH 2

C(CH

3

)

3 ,

-CH

2 CH(C1 3

)

2 , -CH-CF 3 , -(CH 2

)

2

-CH

2 F, and -(CH 2 )nCH 3 , wherein n is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6; and wherein the phenyl or benzyl group represented by R 2 is optionally 25 substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of (CI-C 4 )alkyl, halo, (C-C 4 )alkoxy, (C -C 4 )alkoxy(C-C 4 )alkyl, -CN, halo(CI-C4)alkyl, and halo(CI-C 4 )alkoxy. In another alternative, the phenyl or benzyl group represented by R2 is unsubstituted. In yet another alternative, R 2 is selected from cyclopropyl, cyclopropylmethyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, 30 -(CH 2

)

2

-O-CH

3 , -C(CH 3

)

3 , -CH(CH 3

)

2 , -CH 2

-CF

3 , -CH 2 CH(CHi 3

)

2 , -CH 3 and

-CHT

2

CH

3

.

-13 In a second alternative embodiment, for compounds represented by Structural Formula (I) or (II), R' is hydrogen, methyl or ethyl; and values and alternative values for R 2 are as described above for the first alternative embodiment. In a third alternative embodiment, for compounds represented by Structural 5 Formula (I) or (II), R 1 is hydrogen, (C -C 4 )alkyl or -0-(C-C4)alkyl; R 2 is selected from (C-C 7 )alkyl, (C 3

-C

6 )cycloalkyl(CI-C 4 )alkyl, (C-C 7 )alkoxy(Ci-C4)alkyl, phenyl, (C 3

-C

6 )cycloalkyl, and fluoro(CI-C 4 )alkyl; or R 1 and R 2 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bonded form a ring selected from pyrrolidinyl, morpholinyl, azetidinyl, piperidinyl, octahydrocyclopenta[c]pyrrolyl, isoindolinyl, 10 indazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, and tetrazolyl, wherein the ring formed by R1 and R 2 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bonded is optionally substituted with fluoro, -OH, -OC11 3 , or N(C 3

)

2 . More specifically, .R' is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, methoxy or tert-butoxy. In a fourth alternative embodiment, for compounds represented by Structural 15 Formula (I) or (II), R1 hydrogen, methyl, or ethyl; R 2 is selected from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, 2,2-dimethylpropyl, t-butyl, isobutyl, n-pentyl,

(C

4

-C

6 )cycloalkyl, (C 3

-C

5 )cycloalkylmethyl, methoxyethyl, and 2-fluoroethyl; or R' and R2 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bonded form a ring selected from azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, tetrazolyl, or 20 octahydrocyclopenta[c]pyrrolyl, and wherein the ring formed by R' and R 2 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bonded is optionally substituted with fluoro. In a fifth alternative embodiment, for compounds represented by Structural Formula (A.), when X is hydrogen, Y is selected fromhydrogen, -(CI-C)alkyl, 25 -(CIrC 4 )alkylene-N(RA)(RI),

-(C

1

-C

4 )alkylene-N(R)-C(O)-[C(R (R ^)e CH=NOR, N(RA) -N(Rr )-C(0)-[C(RD)(RE)]w.4N(RA')(R"), -NH-C(O)-C(RD')(RE)-N(R)(Re), -N(RF)-C(O)-N(R^)(R^), -N(RF)-C(O)-(C1-C6)alkyl, -N(RF)-C(0)-heterocyclyl, -N(RF)-C(O)-heteroaryl, -N(RF)-C(O)-carbocyclyl, -N(RF)-C(O)-aryl 30 -N(RF)-S(O)m,-(Cr-C4)alkylene-N(R^)(R'), -N(R)-S(O)m-(CI-C 4 )alkylene-carbocyclyl, -N(RF)-S(O).-(C-C 4 )alkylene-aryl; RD' is selected from (C-C 6 )alkyl, carbocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, and a naturally occurring amino acid side chain moiety, or - 14 RD' and Re taken together with the carbon atom to which they are bound form a 3-7 membered carbocyclyl, or a 4-7 membered heterocyclyl, wherein the heterocyclyl formed by RD and RE optionally comprises one to two additional heteroatoms independently selected from N, S and 0; and 5 R F is selected from (C 1 -C-)alkyl, carbocyclyl, aryl and heteroaryl. Values and alternative values for the remainder of the variables are as described above for Structural Formula (A). Alternatively, R' is selected from (C 1

-C

4 )alkyl and phenyl and the remainder of the variables are as described above in the fifth alternative embodiment. 10 In a sixth alternative embodiment, for compounds represented by Structural Formula (A), X is selected from hydrogen, methyl, ethyl and phenyl; and Y is selected from hydrogen, -(C-C 4 alkyl), -(C -C 4 )alkylene-N(RA)(R), -(CC4)alkylene-NH-C(0)-[CH2]o-rN(RA)(B), -N(R^)(R"), -NH-C(O)-carbocyclyl, -NH-C(O)-aryl, -NH-C(O)-heterocyclyl, 15 -NH-C(O)-heteroaryl, -NH-C(O)-N(RA)(RA), - N(RF')-C(O)-CH 2 -N(RA)(RB, -NH-C(0)-C(RD')(RE)-N(RA)(R) and -NH-S(O)m-(CIC 4 )alkylene-N(R^)(RB); or X is selected from methyl, ethyl and phenyl; and Y is

-NH-C(O)-CH

2 rN(RA)(RP), wherein: each RA is independently selected from hydrogen and methyl; 20 RB is selected from hydrogen, (CI-C 7 )alkyl, -(Co-C)alkylene-carbocyclyl, -(Co-C 6 )alkylene-aryl, -(Co-C6)alkylene-heteroaryl, -S(O)m-(C -C 6 )alkyl, -(Co-C 4 )alkylene-S(O)m-carbocyclyl, -(Co-C 4 )a1kylene-S(O)m-aryl, -(Co-C4)alkylene-S(0)m-heterocycle and -(Co-C 4 )alkylene-S(O)m-heteroaryl; or RA and RB when bound to a common nitrogen atom are taken together with 25 the nitrogen atom to form a heterocycle, wherein the heterocycle is optionally substituted with =0 and -N(R)(RS); R and RE are taken together with the carbon atom to which they are bound form a (C-C 7 )cycloalkyl; and m is 1 or 2; 30 each carbocyclyl, aryl, heterocyclyl or heteroaryl is optionally and independently substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halo, -(CI-C 4 )alkyl, halo-substituted -(C-C 4 )alkyl, -O-(CI-C 4 )alkyl, and -N (R 0

)(RG)

- 15 each alkyl portion in the group represented by Y or RB is optionally and independently substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halo, -OH, and -N(R)(RG), wherein RG is hydrogen or (C 1

-C

4 )alkyl, and wherein each alkyl in the group 5 represented by Ra is optionally and independently substituted with (C 3

-C

6 ) cycloalkyl. The remainder of the variables are as described above in the fifth alternative embodiment. In a seventh alternative embodiment, for compounds represented by Structural Formula (A), X is selected from hydrogen and methyl; and 10 Y is selected from -N(R)(R), -N(H)-C(O)-carbocyclyl, -N(H)-C(O)-aiyl, -N(H)-C(O)-heterocycle, and -N(H)-C(O)-heteroaryl; or X is methyl; and Y is -NH-C(O)-CH 2 -N(RA)(Re), wherein: 15 RA is hydrogen; and R is selected from (CI-C 4 )alkyl, and -S(0) 2

-CH

3 ; or R^ and RB taken together to form 4-7 membered heterocyclic ring; wherein each carbocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocycle is optionally and independently substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from -CI 3 , fluoro, and -N(CH 3

)

2 . 20 In a eighth alternative embodiment, for compounds represented by Structural 0 R 3 ' N N H A Formula (A), Y is , wherein ring A represents a 4-7 membered heterocyclyl; and R 3 is hydrogen or (Ci-C 6 )alkyl. Values and alternative values for the remainder of the variables are as described above for Structural Fonnula (A). More specifically, ring A is selected from the group consisting of azetidinyl, 25 pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, or octahydrocyclopenta[c]pyrrolyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substitutents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, -(C-C 4 )alkyl, halo-substituted-(C-C 4 )alkyl (e.g.,

-CF

3 ), -OH, -O-(Ci-C 4 )alkyl, or -N(RG)(R), wherein R" is hydrogen or (C 1 C 4 )alkyl. Even more specifically, ring A described above is optionally substituted 30 with one or more fluoro.

- 16 In a ninth alternative embodiment, for compounds represented by Structural Formula (A), Y is -NH-C(O)-heteroaryl. Values and alternative values for the remainder of the variables are as described above for Structural Formula (A). More specifically, the heteroaryl in -NH-C(O)-heteroaryl is selected from the group 5 consisting of thienyl, pyridinyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, pyrazolyl and thiazolyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from -(C,-C 4 )alkyl, halo-substituted-(C-C 4 )alkyl (e.g., -CF 3 ), -OH, -O-(CI-C 4 )alkyl, and -N(RG)(RG), wherein RG is hydrogen or (C-C 4 )alkyl. More specifically, the pyrrolyl and pyrazolyl are optionally substituted with a methyl group on the N atom 10 in the ring. In a tenth alternative embodiment, for compounds represented by Structural Formula (A), Y is -NH-C(O)-phenyl. Values and alternative values for the remainder of the variables are as described above for Structural Formula (A). More specifically, the phenyl in -NH-C(O)-phenyl is optionally substituted with one or 15 more substitutents independently selected from -(C-C 4 )alkyl, halo-substituted-(Cr

C

4 )alkyl (e.g., -CF 3 ), -OH, -O-(C -C4)alkyl, and -N(Ro)(RG), wherein R3 is hydrogen or (CI-C 4 )alkyl. More specifically, the phenyl in -NH-C(O)-phenyl is optionaly substituted with one or more substitutents independently selected from

-CF

3 , -OCH 3 and -N(CH 3

)

2 . 20 In a eleventh alternative embodiment, for compounds represented by Structural Formula (A), Y is represented by -NH-S(O) 2

-(C-C

6 )alkyl,

-NH-S(O)

2 -phenyl, -NH-S(0) 2 -heteroaryl. Values and alternative values for the remainder of the variables are as described above for Structural Formula (A). More specifically, the phenyl, heteroaryl or alkyl in the group represented by Y is 25 optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from

-(C-C

4 )alkyl, halo-substituted-(C-C 4 )alkyl (e.g., -CF 3 ), -OH, -O-(CI-C 4 )alkyl, and -N(RG)(R), wherein RG is hydrogen or (Cr-C4)alkyl. In a twelfth alternative embodiment, for compounds represented by Structural Formula (A), Y is represented by -N(RA)(Re), wherein RA and Rn are 30 each independently selected from hydrogen, (C-C 7 )alkyl, -(C-C 4 )alkyl

(C

3

-C

6 )cycloalkyl, wherein the (CI-C 7 )alkyl is optionally substituted with -N(R)(Ro), wherein R3 is hydrogen or (C-C 4 )alkyl. Values and alternative values for the remainder of the variables are as described above for Structural Formula (A).

-17 In a thirteenth alternative embodiment, for compounds represented by Structural Formula (A), Y is represented by -CH 2 N(R^)(RB), wherein R^ and R" are each independently selected from hydrogen, (C]-C 7 )alkyl, -(Ci-C 4 )alkyl

(C

3

-C

6 )cycloalkyl, or RA and R" taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they 5 are bound form a heterocyclyl, wherein the (Ci-C 7 )alkyl represented by RA or R3 is optionally and independently substituted with -N(RG)(R), wherein R is hydrogen or (Ci-C 4 )alkyl, and the (CL-C 4 )alkyl represented by Re is optionally substituted with -F. Values and alternative values for the remainder of the variables are as described above for Structural Formula (A), 10 In a fourteenth alternative embodiment, for compounds represented by Structural Formula (A), Y is represented by -CHrNH-C(O)-(CH2)o.rN(R^)(e) wherein RA and RB are each independently selected from hydrogen, (C-C 7 )alkyl,

-(C

1

-C

4 )alkyl-(C 3

-C

6 )cycloalkyl. Values and alternative values for the remainder of the variables are as described above for Structural Formula (A). 15 The compound of the present invention is exemplified by the compounds shown in the Table below or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and compounds described in Examples 1-12 below or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof: COMPOUND CHEMICAL STRUCTURE NO. 11 F H 3 C'. .CH 3 H H H OOH H 0? i

H

3 C N

NH

2 H.C CH3 HO O HOO 0 12 F H'.CH 3 H H O H H C N NH 2 H OH O OF O OOHO H H ?H N 0t W~ HO CHH CHO 'OCH 61 0 HCHO0 HO H 'HN Z N lrW - I 0 HO 0 2HO0 N, 0H Ai O OH 0O 0 HOH HO 0 IHO NIQH 0HHO 0~ HCH CH NH N d 2HO 'OH9 O OCHO O HOH * * N OH HO 0H W 0 HOO H H O - OCH N HO H HO' F,OH A 0 0

HCH

0 0 HO H Z N N HO CHO-- 8, OO - 19 20 F H3C, N.CH3 H H : 0 OH AlNI.K- N NH 2 OH OH 0 OHO0 0 21 F H3C, N .CH 3 H H o OH HaC~o--,-_ N -N NH 2 H OH 0 0 1

FPH

0 22 F H3C, N CH3 H H ' OH H4 OH 0 OHP oHNH 23 F H3C, NCH3

CH

3 0 - O H3C N N- NH 2 H 0HO OFP 0 0 24F H 3 C, N CH 3 C H 3 0 OH

H

3 Cll-NA NH 2 IOHOOH%0 25 F H 3 C, CH 3 H H:

H

3 C~ OH HC""N)k '-AN NH 2 H HO O 0 0 26 F H 3 C, N CH3 0 N -O H -O N*N,

NH

2 HOH 0 0 - 20 27 F H 3 C, N CH 3 H H o OH H3 -,N

NH

2 H OH0 ~Ho 0' 28 F H 3 C, N .XH 3 H H z

CH

3 O OH H C H N 1 1 H H 02 H OHO0 OHP 0 29 F H 3 C, N.CH 3

H

0 OH N

NH

2 HOH 0 OHH 00 30 FH 3 C, N..CH 3 F N H H O H <'Y~N

NH

2 jH OH 0CO HiPo 00 31 F H 3 C, N CH 3 H H OH 0 K - OH IN NH 2 HOH 0 0OHOH 32 F i-I , NH 3 - OH CAJ N NH 2 SOOH 0 33F H3C N'CHS H H F o OH N - NH 2 HOH 0 OFFH 0 -21 34F H3C, WNCH3 H;OH ON ~OH 0 OFFO C)NH 35F H 3 0.. N CH 3 H H ' F-O 0 7 z OH F"' I

NH

2 H OH 0 OI-P o 36 F H3CO N C~H 3 H H; F- N OH OHJ~ J 0 N :P

NH

2 37 FH 3 C.. N CH 3 F HN

H

3 C, 0~~ OH iN N:N NH 2 H3C fi'O OH 0 OH 0 38 F H3C, NOCH3 H H

H

3 C, 0 N- OH IN Q 1I K N NH 2 OH 0 P H 0 39 F H 3 c, N'CH 3 H H = HO OH 0 0

H

0 40 FH 3 C.. NCH 3 N OH H wO N 1:

H

2 H OH 0 oipo -22 41 F H 3 C' NCH 3 H3'ON H H H 0 0 T OH

H

3 O N OHO O O NH2 42 F H 3 C, N H 3 43F HC Na H H NN - OH H0 OH N N

NH

2 H O OH O O 0 45 F H 3 C N.H 3 H H N", NH 2 OH 0 OFP O 46 F HC'NCH3 0 HO OH H H= N OH N NH2 0 OH OH 0 OH 0 O 46 F H 3 O, NCH 3 0 NOH PD O 0NH NH 2 "Alkyl" means a saturated aliphatic branched or straight-chain monovalent hydrocarbon radical having the specified number of carbon atoms. Thus, "(C 1 C 7 )alkyl" means a radical having from 1-7 carbon atoms in a linear or branched 5 arrangement. "(Ci-C7)alkyl" includes methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl - 23 and heptyl. Suitable substitutions for a "substituted alkyl" include, but are not limited to, -halogen, -OH, (Ci-C 4 )alkyl, (Ci-C 4 )alkoxy, (C-C4)alkylthio,

(C-C

4 )alkylsulfinyl, (C-C 4 )alkylsulfonyl, (Ci-C 4 )alkoxy(C-C 4 )alkyl, and

-N(R')(R

4 ), wherein R 3 and R 4 are as described above. 5 "Cycloalkyl" means a saturated aliphatic cyclic hydrocarbon radical having the specified number of carbon atoms. (C 3 -C6)cycloalkyl includes cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, and cyclohexyl. Suitable substituents for a "substituted cycloalkyl" include halogen, -OH, (CI-C 4 )alkyl, (C-C 4 )alkoxy, (CI-C 4 )alkylthio, (CI-C4)alkylsulfinyl, (CI-C 4 )alkylsulfonyl, (C 1

-C

4 )alkoxy(C-C 4 )alkyl, and 10 -N(R 3

)(R

4 ), wherein R 3 and R 4 are as described above. "Heterocycle" means a 4-12 membered partially unsaturated or saturated heterocyclic ring containing 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, o or S. When one heteroatom is S, it can be optionally mono- or di-oxygenated (i.e. -S(O)- or -S(0) 2 -). The heterocycle can be monocyclic, fused bicyclic, bridged 15 bicyclic, or spiro bicyclic. Examples of monocyclic heterocycle include, but not limited to, azetidine, pyrrolidine, piperidine, piperazine, hexahydropyrimi dine, tetrahydrofuran., tetrahydropyran, morpholine, thiomorpholine, thiomorpholine 1,1-dioxide, tetrahydro-2H-1,2-thiazine, tetrahydro-2H-1,2-thiazine 1,1-dioxide, isothiazolidine, 20 isothiazolidine 1,1-dioxide. A fused bicyclic heterocycle has two rings which have two adjacent ring atoms in common. The first ring is a monocyclic heterocycle and the second ring is a cycloalkyl, partially unsaturated carbocycle, phenyl, heteroaryl or a monocyclic heterocycle. For example, the second ring is a (C 3 -C6)cycloalkyl, such as 25 cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl. Alternatively, the second ring is phenyl. Example of fused bicyclicheterocycles includes, but not limited to, indoline, isoindoline, 2,3-dihydro-IH-benzo[d]imidazole, 2,3 dihydrobenzo[djoxazole, 2,3-dihydrobenzo[d]thiazole, octahydrobenzo[d]oxazole, octahydro-IH-benzo[d]imidazole, octahydrobenzo[d]thiazole, 30 octahydrocyclopenta[c]pyrrole, 3-azabicyclo[3.1 0]hexane, and 3 azabicyclo[3.2.0]heptane. A spiro bicyclic heterocycle has two rings which have only one ring atom in common. The first ring is a monocyclic heterocycle and the second ring is a -24 cycloalkyl, partially unsaturated carbocycle or a monocyclic heterocycle. For example, the second ring is a (C3-Cc)cycloalkyl. Example of spiro bicyclic heterocycle includes, but not limited to, azaspiro[4.4]nonane, 7 azaspiro[4.4]nonane, azasprio[4.5]decane, 8-azaspiro[4.5]decane, 5 azaspiro[5.5]undecane, 3-azaspiro[5.5]undecane and 3,9-diazaspiro[5.5]undecane. A bridged bicyclic heterocycle has two rings which have three or more adjacent ring atoms in common. The first ring is a monocyclic heterocycle and the other ring is a cycloalkyl (such as (C 3

-C

6 )cycloalkyl), partially unsaturated carbocycle or a monocyclic heterocycle. Examples of bridged bicyclic heterocycles 10 include, but are not limited to, azabicyclo[3.3.1lnonane, 3-azabicyclo[3.3.1]nonane, azabicyclo[3.2.1 ]octane, 3-azabicyclo[3.2. 1]octane, 6-azabicyclo[3.2.1 ]octane and azabicyclo[2.2.2]octane, 2-azabicyclo[2.2.2]octane. When the heterocycle contains a N atom other than the nitrogen atom to which R' and R 2 are bonded, the N atom can be substituted with H, alkyl, 15 cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, each of whi ch can be optionally substituted with halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, haloalkyl, alkyl, etc. The heterocycle can be optionally substituted with an oxo group (C=O) and oxo substituted heterocyclic rings include, but are not limited to, thiomorpholine 1 oxide, thiomorpholine 1,1-dioxide, tetrahydro-2H-1,2-thiazine 1,1-dioxide, and 20 isothiazolidine 1, 1 -dioxi de, pyrrolidin-2-one, piperidin-2-one, piperazin-2-one, and morpholin-2-one. Other optional substituents for a heterocycle include (Cr-C 4 )alkyl, halo, -OH, (Cr-C 4 )alkoxy, (CI-C 4 )alkylthio, (C-C 4 )alkylsulfinyl,

(C-C

4 )alkylsulfonyl, (C-C 4 )alkoxy(C-C 4 )alkyl, -N(R 3 )(R4), -CN, halo(CI-C4alkyl, and halo(C -C 4 )alkoxy. 25 "Heteroaryl" means a 5-.12 membered monovalent heteroaromatic monocyclic or bicylic ring radical. A herteroaryl contains 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, 0, and S. Heteroaryls include, but are not limited to pyrrole, imidazole, pyrazole, oxazole, isoxazole, thiazole, isothiazole, 1,2,3 triazole, 1,2,4-triazole, 1,3,4-oxadiazole, 1,2,5-thiadiazole, 1,2,5-thiadiazole 1 30 oxide, 1,2,5-thiadiazole 1,1-dioxide, 1,3,4-thiadiazole, pyridine, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, 1,2,4-triazine, 1,3,5-triazine, and tetrazole. Bicyclic heteroaryl rings include, but are not limited to, bicyclo[4.4.0] and bicyclo[4.3.0] fused ring systems such as indolizine, indole, isoindole, indazole, benzimidazole, - 25 benzthiazole, purine, quinoline, isoquinoline, cinnoline, phthalazine, quinazoline, quinoxaline, 1,8-naphthyridine, and pteridine. "Carbocycle" means 4-12 membered saturated or unsaturated aliphatic cyclic hydrocarbon ring. 5 "Alkoxy" means an alkyl radical attached through an oxygen linking atom. "Alkoxy" can also be depicted as -0-alkyl. For example, (C-C 4 )-alkoxy can also depicted as -O-(CI-C4)alkyl. "(Cr-C 4 )-alkoxy" includes methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, and butoxy. "Alkylthio" means an alkyl radical attached through a sulfur linking atom. 10 "Alkylthio" can also be depicted as -S-alkyl. For example, "(C-C 4 )alkylthio" can be depicted as -S-(Cr-C 4 )alkyl. "(CI-C 4 )alkylthio" include methylthio, ethylthio, propylthio and butylthio. "Alkylsulfinyl" means an alkyl radical attached through a -S(O)- linking group. "Alkylsulfinyl" can be depicted as -S(O)-alkyl. For example, 15 "(C-C 4 )alkylsulfinyl" can be depicted as -S(O)-(C 1 -C4)alkyl.

"(C-C

4 )alkylsulfinyl" include methylsulfinyl, ethylsulfinyl, propylsulfinyl and butylsulfinyl. "Alkylsulfonyl" means an alkyl radical attached through a -S(O) 2 - linking group. "Alkylsulfonyl" can be depicted as -S(O) 2 -alkyl. For example, 20 "(C-C4)alkylsulfinyl" can be depicted as -S(O)r(C-C 4 )alkyl. "(CI -C4)alkylsulfonyl" include methylsulfonyl, ethylsulfonyl, propylsulfonyl and butylsulfonyl. Haloalkyl and halocycloalkyl include mono, poly, and perhaloalkyl groups where each halogen is independently selected from fluorine, chlorine, and bromine. 25 Haloalkyl and halocycloalkyl can also be referred as halo-substituted alkyl and halo-substituted cycloalkyl, respectively. "Cycloalkoxy" means a cycloalkyl radical attached through an oxygen linking atom. "Cycloalkoxy" can also be depicted as -0-cycloalkyl. For example,

"(C

3 -Cs)cycloalkoxy" can be depicted as -O-(C 3

-C

6 )cycloalkyl. "(C 3 30 C 6 )cycloalkoxy" includes cyclopropyloxy, cyclobutyloxy, cyclopentyloxy and cyclohexyloxy.

- 26 "Aryl" means an aromatic monocyclic or polycyclic (e.g. bicyclic or tricyclic) carbocyclic ring system. In one embodiment, "aryl" is a 6-12 membered monocylic or bicyclic systems. Aryl systems include, but not limited to, phenyl, naphthalenyl, fluorenyl, indenyl, azulenyl, and anthracenyl. 5 "Aryloxy" means an ary] moiety attached through an oxygen linking atom. "Aryloxy" can be also depicted as -0-aryl. Aryloxy includes, but not limited to, phenoxy. "Arylthio" means an aryl moiety attached through a sulfur linking atom. "Arylthio" can be also depicted as -S-aryl. Arylthio includes, but not limited to, 10 phenylthio. "Arylsulfinyl" means an aryl moiety attached through a -S(O)- linking group. "Arylsulfinyl" can be also depicted as -S(O)-aryl. Arylsulfinyl includes, but not limited to, phenylsulfinyl. "Arylsulfonyl" means an aryl moiety attached through a -S(O) 2 - linking 15 group. "Arylsulfonyl" " can be also depicted as -S(0)2-aryl, Arylsulfonyl includes, but not limited to, phenylsulfonyl. "Hetero" refers to the replacement of at least one carbon atom member in a ring system with at least one heteroatom selected from N, S, and 0. "Hetero" also refers to the replacement of at least one carbon atom member in a acyclic system. 20 A hetero ring system or a hetero acyclic system may have 1, 2, or 3 carbon atom members replaced by a heteroatom. "Halogen"or "halo" used herein refers to fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine. As used herein, cycloalkylalkyl can be depicted as -alkylene-cycloalkyl. For 25 example, (C-C 6 )cycloalkyl(Ci-C 4 )alkyl can be depicted as

-(C

1

-C

4 )alkylene-(C 3

-C

6 )cycloalkyl. As use herein, alkoxyalkyl can be depicted as -alkylene-O-alkyl. For example, (C 1

-C

7 )alkoxy(C1-C 4 )alkyl can be depicted as

-(CI-C

4 )alkylene-O-(Ci-C 7 )alkyl. 30 As use herein, cycloalkoxyalkyl can be depicted as -alkylene-O-cycloalkyl. For example, (C 3

-C

6 )cycloalkoxy(C-C 4 )alkyl can be depicted as

-(CI-C

4 )alkylene-O-(C 3

-C

6 )alkyl.

- 27 As use herein, arylalkyl can be depicted as -alkylene-aryl. For example, aryl(Ci-C)alkyl can be depicted as -(Ci-C 4 )alkylene-aryl. As used herein, aryloxyalkyl can be depicted as -alkylene-O-aryl, For example, arylexy(C-C 4 )alkyl can be depicted as -(C-C 4 )alkylene-O-aryl. 5 As used herein, arylthioalkyl can be depicted as -alkylene-S-aryl. For example, arylthio(C-C 4 )alkyl can be depicted as -(C-C 4 )alkylene-S-aryl. As used herein, arylsufinylalkyl can be depicted as -alkylen.e-S(O)-aryl. For example, arylsufinyl(Cr-C 4 )alkyl can be depicted as -(C-C 4 )alkylene-S(O)-aryl. As used herein, arylsulfonylalkyl can be depicted as -alkylene-S(0)2-aryl. 10 For example, arylsulfonyl(C-C 4 )alkyl can be depicted as

-(CI-C

4 )alkylene-S(0)2-aryl. Another embodiment of the present invention is a pharmaceutical composition comprising one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and/or diluent and a compound disclosed herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt 15 thereof. "Pharmaceutically acceptable carrier" and "pharmaceutically acceptable diluent" means non-therapeutic components that are of sufficient purity and quality for use in the formulation of a composition of the invention that, when appropriately administered to an animal or human, typically do not produce an adverse reaction, 20 and that are used as a vehicle for a drug substance (i.e. a compound of the present invention). Pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds of the present invention are also included. For example, an acid salt of a compound of the present invention containing an amine or other basic group can be obtained by reacting the compound 25 with a suitable organic or inorganic acid, resulting in pharmaceutically acceptable anionic salt forms. Examples of anionic salts include the acetate, benzenesulfonate, benzoate, bicarbonate, bitartrate, bromide, calcium edetate, camsylate, carbonate, chloride, citrate, dihydrochloride, edetate, edisylate, estolate, esylate, fumarate, glyceptate, gluconate, glutamate, glycollylarsanilate, hexylresorcinate, 30 hydrobromide, hydrochloride, hydroxynaphthoate, iodide, isethionate, lactate, lactobionate, malate, maleate, mandelate, mesylate, methylsulfate, mucate, napsylate, nitrate, pamoate, pantothenate, phosphate/diphosphate, polygalacturonate, - 28 salicylate, stearate, subacetate, succinate, sulfate, tannate, tartrate, teoclate, tosylate, and triethiodide salts. Salts of the compounds of the present invention containing a carboxylic acid or other acidic functional group can be prepared by reacting with a suitable base. 5 Such a pharmaceutically acceptable salt may be made with a base which affords a pharmaceutically acceptable cation, which includes alkali metal salts (especially sodium and potassium), alkaline earth metal salts (especially calcium and magnesium), aluminum salts and ammonium salts, as well as salts made from physiologically acceptable organic bases such as trimethylamine, triethylamine, 10 morpholine, pyridine, piperidine, picoline, dicyclohexylamine, N,N'-dibenzylethylenediamine, 2-hydroxyethylamine, bis-(2-hydroxyethyl)amine, tri-(2-hydroxyethyl)amine, procaine, dibenzylpiperidine, dehydroabietylamine, N,N'-bisdehydroabietylamine, glucamine, N-methylglucamine, collidine, quinine, quinoline, and basic amino acids such as lysine and arginine. 15 The invention also includes various isomers and mixtures thereof. Certain of the compounds of the present invention may exist in various stereoisomeric forms. Stereoisomers are compounds which differ only in their spatial arrangement. Enantiomers are pairs of stereoisomers whose mirror images are not superimposable, most commonly because they contain an asymmetrically 20 substituted carbon atom that acts as a chiral center, "Enantiomer" means one of a pair of molecules that are mirror images of each other and are not superimposable. Diastereomers are stereoisomers that are not related as mirror images, most commonly because they contain two or more asymmetrically substituted carbon atoms. "R" and "S" represent the configuration of substituents around one or more 25 chiral carbon atoms. When a chiral center is not defined as R or S, either a pure enantiomer or a mixture of both configurations is present. "Racemate" or racemicc mixture" means a compound of equimolar quantities of two enantiomers, wherein such mixtures exhibit no optical activity; i. e., they do not rotate the plane of polarized light. 30 The compounds of the invention may be prepared as individual isomers by either isomer-specific synthesis or resolved from an isomeric mixture. Conventional resolution techniques include forming the salt of a free base of each isomer of an isomeric pair using an optically active acid (followed by fractional - 29 crystallization and regeneration of the free base), forming the salt of the acid for of each isomer of an isomeric pair using an optically active amine (followed by fractional crystallization and regeneration of the free acid), forming an ester or aide of each of the isomers of an isomeric pair using an optically pure acid, amine 5 or alcohol (followed by chromatographic separation and removal of the chiral auxiliary), or resolving an isomeric mixture of either a starting material or a final product using various well known chromatographic methods. When the stereochemistry of a disclosed compound is named or depicted by structure, the named or depicted stereoisomer is at least 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 99% 10 or 99.9% by weight pure relative to the other stereoisomers. When a single enantiomer is named or depicted by structure, the depicted or named enantiomer is at least 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 99% or 99.9% by weight optically pure. Percent optical purity by weight is the ratio of the weight of the enantiomer that is present divided by the combined weight of the enantiomer that is present and the weight of 15 its optical isomer. The present invention also provides a method of treating or preventing a subject with a tetracycline-responsive disease or disorder comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a compound of the present invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 20 "Tetracycline-responsive disease or disorder" refers to a disease or disorder that can be treated, prevented, or otherwise ameliorated by the administration of a tetracycline compound of the present invention. Tetracycline-responsive disease or disorder includes infections, cancer, inflammatory disorders, autoimmune disease, arteriosclerosis, comeal ulceration, emphysema, arthritis, osteoporosis, 25 osteoarthritis, multiple sclerosis, osteosarcoma, osteomyelitis, bronchiectasis, chronic pulmonary obstructive disease, skin and eye diseases, periodontitis, osteoporosis, rheumatoid arthritis, ulcerative colitis, prostatitis, tumor growth and invasion, metastasis, diabetes, diabetic proteinuria, panbronchiolitis; aortic or vascular aneurysms, skin tissue wounds, dry eye, bone, cartilage degradation, 30 malaria, senescence, diabetes, vascular stroke, neurodegenerative disorders, cardiac disease, juvenile diabetes, acute and chronic bronchitis, sinusitis, and respiratory infections, including the common cold; Wegener's granulomatosis; neutrophilic dermatoses and other inflammatory diseases such as dermatitis herpetiformis, - 30 leukocytoclastic vasculitis, bullous lupus erythematosus, pustular psoriasis, erythema elevatum diutinum; vitiligo; discoid lupus erythematosus; pyoderma gangrenosum; pustular psoriasis; blepharitis, or meibomianitis; Alzheimer's disease; degenerative maculopathy; acute and chronic gastroenteritis and colitis; acute and 5 chronic cystitis and urethritis; acute and chronic dermatitis; acute and chronic conjunctivitis; acute and chronic serositis; uremic pericarditis; acute and chronic cholecystis; cystic fibrosis, acute and chronic vaginitis; acute and chronic uveitis; drug reactions; insect bites; burns and sunburn, bone mass disorder, acute lung injury, chronic lung disorders, ischemia, stroke or ischenic stroke, skin wound, 10 aortic or vascular aneurysm, diabetic retinopathy, hemorrhagic stroke, angiogenesis, and other states for which tetracycline compounds have been found to be active (see, for example, U. S. Patent Nos, 5,789,395; 5,834,450; 6,277,061 and 5,532,227, each of which is expressly incorporated herein by reference). In addition, a method to treat any disease or disease state that could benefit 15 from modulating the expression and/or function of nitric oxide, metalloproteases, proinflammatory mediators and cytokines, reactive oxygen species, components of the immune response, including chemotaxis, lymphocyte transformation, delayed hypersensitivity, antibody production, phagocytosis, and oxidative metabolism of phagocytes. A method to treat any disease or disease state that could benefit from 20 modulating the expression and/or function of C-reactive protein, signaling pathways (e.g., FAK signaling pathway), and/or augment the expression of COX-2 and PGE 2 production is covered. A method to treat any disease or disease state that could benefit from inhibition of neovascularization is covered. Compounds of the invention can be used to prevent or treat important 25 mammalian and veterinary diseases such as diarrhea, urinary tract infections, infections of skin and skin structure, ear, nose and throat infections, wound infection, mastitis and the like. In addition, methods for treating neoplasms using tetracycline compounds of the invention are also included (van der Bozert et aL., Cancer Res., 48: 6686-6690 (1988) ). 30 Infections that can be treated using compounds of the invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof include, but are not limited to, skin infections, GI infections, urinary tract infections, genito-urinary infections, respiratory tract infections, sinuses infections, middle ear infections, systemic - 31 infections, cholera, influenza, bronchitis, acne, malaria, sexually transmitted disease including syphilis and gonorrhea, Legionnaires' disease, Lyme disease, Rocky Mountain spotted fever, Q fever, typhus, bubonic plague, gas gangrene, hospital acquired infections, leptospirosis, whooping cough, anthrax and infections caused by 5 the agents responsible for lymphogranuloma venereum, inclusion conjunctivitis, or psittacosis. Infections can be bacterial, fungal, parasitic and viral infections (including those which are resistant to other tetracycline compounds). In one embodiment, the infection can be caused bacteria. In another embodiment, the infection is caused by a Gram-positive bacteria In a specific 10 aspect of this embodiment, the infection is caused by a Gram-positive bacterium selected from Staphylococcus spp., Streptococcus spp., Propionibacterium spp., Enterococcus spp., Bacillus spp., Corynebacterium spp., Nocardia spp,. Clostridium spp., Actinobacteria spp., and Listeria spp. . In another embodiment, the infection is caused by a Gram-negative 15 bacterium. In one aspect of this embodiment, the infection is caused by a proteobacteria (e.g., Betaproteobacteria and Gammaproteobacteria), including Escherichia coli, Salmonella, Shigella, other Enterobacteriaceae, Pseudomonas, Moraxella, Helicobacter, Stenotrophomonas, Bdellovibrio, acetic acid bacteria, Legionella or alpha-proteobacteria such as Wolbachia. In another aspect, the 20 infection is caused by a Gram-negative bacteria selected from cyanobacteria, spirochaetes, green sulfur or green non-sulfur bacteria. In a specific aspect of this embodiment, the infection is caused by a Gram-negative bacteria selected from Enterobactericeae (e.g., E coli. Klebsiella pneumonia including those containing extended-spectrum p-lactamases and/or carbapenemases), Bacteroidaceae (e.g., 25 Bacteroidesfragilis)., Vibrionaceae (Vibno cholerae), Pasteurellac (e.g., Haemophilus influenza), Pseudomonadaceac (e.g., Pseudomonas aeruginosa), Neisseriaceae (e.g. Neisseria meningitidis), Rickettsiae, Moraxellaceae (e.g., Moraxella catarrhalis), any species of Proteeae, Acinelobacrer spp., Helicobacter spp., and Campylobacter spp. 30 In a particular embodiment, the infection is caused by Gram-negative bacterium selected from the group consisting of Enterobactericeae (e.g., E coli, Klebsiella pneumoniae), Pseudomonas, and Acinetobacter spp.

-32 In another embodiment, the infection is caused by an organism selected from the group consisting of K pneumoniae, Salmonella, E hirae, A. baumanii, M catarrhalis, H. influenzae, P. aeuginosa, E faecium, . coli, S. aureus, and E. faecalis. 5 In another embodiment, the infection is caused by an organism selected from the group consisting of rickettsiae, chlamydiae, Legionella spp. and Mycoplasma spp. In another embodiment, the infection is caused by an organism resistant to tetracycline or any member of first and second generation of tetracycline antibiotics (e.g., doxycycline or minocycline). 10 In another embodiment, the infection is caused by an organism resistant to methicillin. In another embodiment, the infection is caused by an organism resistant to vancomycin. In another embodiment, the infection is caused by an organism resistant to a 15 quinolone or fluoroquinolone. In another embodiment, the infection is caused by an organism resistant to tigecycline. In another embodiment, the infection is caused by a multidrug-resistant pathogen (having intermediate or full resistance to any two or more antibiotics). In 20 another embodiment the infection is a Bacillus anthracis infection. "Bacillus anthracis infection" includes any state, diseases, or disorders caused or which result from exposure or alleged exposure to Bacillus anthracis or another member of the Bacillus cereus group of bacteria. In another embodiment, the infection is caused by Bacillus anthracis (anthrax), Yersinia pestis (plague), or Francisella Iularensis 25 (tularemia). In yet another embodiment, the infection can be caused by more than one organism described above. Examples of such infections include, but are not limited to, intra-abdominal infections (often a mixture of a gram-negative species like E. coli and an anaerobe like B. fragilis), diabetic foot (various combinations of 30 Streptococcus, Serratia, Staphylococcus and Enterococcus spp., anaerobes (S.E. Dowd, et al., PloS one 2008;3:e3326) and respiratory disease (especially in patients that have chronic infections like cystic fibrosis - e.g., S. aureus plus P. aeruginosa or H. influenza, atypical pathogens), wounds and abscesses (various gram-negative - 33 and gram-positive bacteria, notably MSSA/MRSA., coagulase-negative staphylococci, enterococci, Acinelobacter, P. aeruginosa, E. coli, B. fragilis), and bloodstream infections (13% were polymicrobial (11. Wisplinghoff, et al., Clin. Infect. Dis. 2004;39:311-317)). 5 In a further embodiment, the tetracycline responsive disease or disorder is not a bacterial infection. In another embodiment, the tetracycline compounds of the invention are essentially non-antibacterial. For example, non-antibacterial compounds of the invention may have MIC values greater than about 4 jig/ml (as measured by assays known in the art and/or the assay given in Example 14, In 10 another embodiment, the tetracycline compounds of the invention have both antibacterial and non-antibacterial effects. Tetracycline responsive disease or disorder also includes diseases or disorders associated with inflammatory process associated states (IPAS). The term "inflammatory process associated state" includes states in which inflammation or 15 inflammatory factors (e.g., matrix metalloproteinases (MIMPs), nitric oxide (NO), TNF, interleukins, plasma proteins, cellular defense systems, cytokines, lipid metabolites, proteases, toxic radicals, adhesion molecules, etc.) are involved or are present in an area in aberrant amounts, e.g., in amounts which may be advantageous to alter, e.g., to benefit the subject. The inflammatory process is the response of 20 living tissue to damage. The cause of inflammation may be due to physical damage, chemical substances, micro-organisms, tissue necrosis, cancer or other agents. Acute inflammation is short-lasting, lasting only a few days. If it is longer lasting however, then it may be referred to as chronic inflammation. IPASs include inflammatory disorders. Inflammatory disorders are generally 25 characterized by heat, redness, swelling, pain and loss of function, Examples of causes of inflammatory disorders include, but are not limited to, microbial infections (e.g., bacterial and fungal infections), physical agents (e.g., bums, radiation, and trauma), chemical agents (e.g., toxins and caustic substances), tissue necrosis and various types of immunologic reactions. 30 Examples of inflammatory disorders can be treated using the compounds of the invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof include, but are not limited to, osteoarthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, acute and chronic infections (bacterial and fungal, including diphtheria and pertussis); acute and chronic bronchitis, - 34 sinusitis, and upper respiratory infections, including the common cold; acute and chronic gastroenteritis and colitis; inflammatory bowel disorder; acute and chronic cystitis and urethritis; vasculitis; sepsis; nephritis; pancreatitis; hepatitis; lupus; inflammatory skin disorders including, for example, eczema, dermatitis, psoriasis, 5 pyoderma gangrenosum, acne rosacea, and acute and chronic dermatitis; acute and chronic conjunctivitis; acute and chronic serositis (pericarditis, peritonitis, synovitis, pleuritis and tendinitis); uremic pericarditis; acute and chronic cholecystis; acute and chronic vaginitis; acute and chronic uveitis; drug reactions; insect bites; burns (thermal, chemical, and electrical); and sunburn. 10 IPASs also include matrix metalloproteinase associated states (MIPAS). MMTPAS include states characterized by aberrant amounts of MMPs or MMP activity. Examples of matrix metalloproteinase associated states ("MMPAS's") can be treated using compounds of the invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, 15 include, but are not limited to, arteriosclerosis, corneal ulceration, emphysema, osteoarthritis, multiple sclerosis (Liedtke et al., Ann. Neurol. 1998, 44: 35-46; Chandler et al., J. Neuroimmunol. 1997, 72: 155-71), osteosarcoma, osteomyelitis, bronchiectasis, chronic pulmonary obstructive disease, skin and eye diseases, periodontitis, osteoporosis, rheumatoid arthritis, ulcerative colitis, inflammatory 20 disorders, tumor growth and invasion (Stetler-Stevenson et al., Annu. Rev. Cell Biol. 1993, 9: 541-73; Tryggvason et al., Biochim. Biophys. Acta 1987, 907: 191-217 ; Li et al., Mol. Carcillog. 1998, 22: 84-89) ), metastasis, acute lung injury, stroke, ischemia, diabetes, aortic or vascular aneurysms, skin tissue wounds, dry eye, bone and cartilage degradation (Greenwald et al., Bone 1998,22 : 33-38; Ryan et al., 25 Curr. Op. Rheumatol. 1996, 8: 238- 247). Other MMPAS include those described in U. S. Pat. Nos. 5,459,135; 5,321,017; 5,308,839; 5,258,371; 4,935,412; 4,704,383, 4,666,897, and RE 34,656, incorporated herein by reference in their entirety. In a further embodiment, the IPAS includes disorders described in U. S. Patents Nos. 5,929,055; and 5,532,227, incorporated herein by reference in their 30 entirety. Tetracycline responsive disease or disorder also includes diseases or disorders associated with NO associated states. The term "NO associated states" includes states which involve or are associated with nitric oxide (NO) or inducible - 35 nitric oxide synthase (iNOS). NO associated state includes states which are characterized by aberrant amounts of NO and/or iNOS. Preferably, the NO associated state can be treated by administering tetracycline compounds of the invention. The disorders, diseases and states described in U. S. Patents Nos. 5 6,231,894; 6,015,804; 5,919,774; and 5,789,395 are also included as NO associated states. The entire contents of each of these patents are hereby incorporated herein by reference. Examples of diseases or disorders associated with NO associated states can be treated using the compounds of the present invention or a pharmaceutically 10 acceptable salt thereof include, but are not limited to, malaria, senescence, diabetes, vascular stroke, neurodegenerative disorders (Alzheimer's disease and Huntington's disease), cardiac disease (reperfusion-associated injury following infarction), juvenile diabetes, inflammatory disorders, osteoarthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, acute, recurrent and chronic infections (bacterial, viral and fungal); acute and chronic 15 bronchitis, sinusitis, and respiratory infections, including the common cold; acute and chronic gastroenteritis and colitis; acute and chronic cystitis and urethritis; acute and chronic dermatitis; acute and chronic conjunctivitis; acute and chronic serositis (pericarditis, peritonitis, synovitis, pletritis and tendonitis); uremic pericarditis; acute and chronic cholecystis; cystic fibrosis, acute and chronic vaginitis; acute and 20 chronic uveitis; drug reactions; insect bites; burns (thermal, chemical, and electrical); and sunburn. In another embodiment, the tetracycline responsive disease or disorder is cancer. Examples of cancers that can be treated using the compounds of the invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof include all solid tumors, i.e., 25 carcinomas e.g., adenocarcinomas, and sarcomas. Adenocarcinomas are carcinomas derived from glandular tissue or in which the tumor cells form recognizable glandular structures. Sarcomas broadly include tumors whose cells are embedded in a fibrillar or homogeneous substance like embryonic connective tissue. Examples of carcinomas which may be treated using the methods of the invention include, but are 30 not limited to, carcinomas of the prostate, breast, ovary, testis, lung, colon, and breast. The methods of the invention are not limited to the treatment of these tumor types, but extend to any solid tumor derived from any organ system. Examples of treatable cancers include, but are not limited to, colon cancer, bladder cancer, breast - 36 cancer, melanoma, ovarian carcinoma, prostate carcinoma, lung cancer, and a variety of other cancers as well. The methods of the invention also cause the inhibition of cancer growth in adenocarcinomas, such as, for example, those of the prostate, breast, kidney, ovary, testes, and colon. In one embodiment, the cancers 5 treated by methods of the invention include those described in U. S. Patent Nos. 6,100,248; 5,843,925; 5,837,696; or 5,668,122, incorporated herein by reference in their entirety. Alternatively, the tetracycline compounds may be useful for preventing or reducing the likelihood of cancer recurrence, for example, to treat residual cancer 10 following surgical resection or radiation therapy. The tetracycline compounds useful according to the invention are especially advantageous as they are substantially non-toxic compared to other cancer treatments. In a further embodiment, the compounds of the invention are administered in combination with standard cancer therapy, such as, but not limited to, chemotherapy. 15 Examples of tetracycline responsive states can be treated using the compounds of the invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof also include neurological disorders which include both neuropsychiatric and neurodegenerative disorders, but are not limited to, such as Alzheimer's disease, dementias related to Alzheimer's disease (such as Pick's disease), Parkinson's and 20 other Lewy diffuse body diseases, senile dementia, Huntington's disease, Gilles de la Tourette's syndrome, multiple sclerosis, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS), progressive supranuclear palsy, epilepsy, and Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease; autonomic function disorders such as hypertension and sleep disorders, and neuropsychiatric disorders, such as depression, schizophrenia, schizoaffective disorder, Korsakoff s 25 psychosis, mania, anxiety disorders, or phobic disorders; learning or memory disorders, e. g., amnesia or age-related memory loss, attention deficit disorder, dysthymic disorder, major depressive disorder, mania, obsessive-compulsive disorder, psychoactive substance use disorders, anxiety, phobias, panic disorder, as well as bipolar affective disorder, e. g., severe bipolar affective (mood) disorder 30 (BP-1), bipolar affective neurological disorders, e. g. , migraine and obesity. Further neurological disorders include, for example, those listed in the American Psychiatric Association's Diagnostic and Statistical manual of Mental -37 Disorders (DSM), the most current version of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. In another embodiment, the tetracycline responsive disease or disorder is diabetes. Diabetes that can be treated using the compounds of the invention or a 5 pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof include, but are not limited to, juvenile diabetes, diabetes mellitus, diabetes type I, or diabetes type II. In a further embodiment, protein glycosylation is not affected by the administration of the tetracycline compounds of the invention. In another embodiment, the tetracycline compound of the invention is administered in combination with standard diabetic 10 therapies, such as, but not limited to insulin therapy. In another embodiment, the tetracycline responsive disease or disorder is a bone mass disorder. Bone mass disorders that can be treated using the compounds of the invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof include disorders where a subjects bones are disorders and states where the formation, repair or 15 remodeling of bone is advantageous. For examples bone mass disorders include osteoporosis (e. g. , a decrease in bone strength and density), bone fractures, bone formation associated with surgical procedures (e. g., facial reconstruction), osteogenesis imperfecta (brittle bone disease), hypophosphatasia, Paget's disease, fibrous dysplasia, osteopetrosis, rnyeloma bone disease, and the depletion of calcium 20 in bone, such as that which is related to primary hyperparathyroidism. Bone mass disorders include all states in which the formation, repair or remodeling of bone is advantageous to the subject as well as all other disorders associated with the bones or skeletal system of a subject which can be treated with the tetracycline compounds of the invention. In a further embodiment, the bone mass disorders include those 25 described in U. S. Patents Nos. 5,459,135; 5,231,017; 5,998,390; 5,770,588; RE 34,656; 5,308,839; 4,925,833; 3,304,227; and 4,666,897, each of which is hereby incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. In another embodiment, the tetracycline responsive disease or disorder is acute lung injury. Acute lung injuries that can be treated using the compounds of 30 the invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof include adult respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS), post-pump syndrome (PPS), and trauma. Trauma includes any injury to living tissue caused by an extrinsic agent or event. Examples - 38 of trauma include, but are not limited to, crush injuries, contact with a hard surface, or cutting or other damage to the lungs. The tetracycline responsive disease or disorders of the invention also include chronic lung disorders. Examples of chronic lung disorders that can be treated using 5 the compounds of the invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof include, but are not limited, to asthma, cystic fibrosis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), and emphysema. In a further embodiment, the acute and/or chronic lung disorders that can. be treated using the compounds of the invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof include those described in U. S. Patents No, 10 5,977,091; 6,043,231; 5,523,297; and 5,773,430, each of which is hereby incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. In yet another embodiment, the tetracycline responsive disease or disorder is ischemia, stroke, or ischemic stroke. In a further embodiment, the tetracycline compounds of the invention or a 15 pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be used to treat such disorders as described above and in U. S. Patents No. 6,231,894; 5,773,430; 5,919,775 and 5,789,395, incorporated herein by reference. In another embodiment, the tetracycline responsive disease or disorder is a skin wound. The invention also provides a method for improving the healing 20 response of the epithelialized tissue (e.g., skin, mucosae) to acute traumatic injury (e.g., cut, bum, scrape, etc.). The method includes using a tetracycline compound of the invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof to improve the capacity of the epithelialized tissue to heal acute wounds. The method may increase the rate of collagen accumulation of the healing tissue. The method may also decrease the 25 proteolytic activity in the epithelialized tissue by decreasing the collagenolytic and/or gellatinolytic activity of MMPs. In a further embodiment, the tetracycline compound of the invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is administered to the surface of the skin (e. g., topically). In a further embodiment, the tetracycline compound of the invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt 30 thereof is used to treat a skin wound, and other such disorders as described in, for example, U. S. Patent Nos. 5,827,840; 4,704,383; 4,935,412; 5,258,371; 5,308,839, 5,459,135; 5,532,227; and 6,015,804; each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

- 39 in yet another embodiment, the tetracycline responsive disease or disorder is an aortic or vascular aneurysm in vascular tissue of a subject (e.g., a subject having or at risk of having an aortic or vascular aneurysm, etc.). The tetracycline compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof may be effective to reduce 5 the size of the vascular aneurysm or it may be administered to the subject prior to the onset of the vascular aneurysm such that the aneurysm is prevented. In one embodiment, the vascular tissue is an artery, e.g., the aorta, e.g., the abdominal aorta. In a further embodiment, the tetracycline compounds of the invention are used to treat disorders described in U. S. Patent Nos. 6,043,225 and 5,834,449, 10 incorporated herein by reference in their entirety. The compounds of the invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be used alone or in combination with one or more therapeutic agent in the methods of the invention disclosed herein. The language "in combination with" another therapeutic agent or treatment 15 includes co-administration of the tetracycline compound and with the other therapeutic agent or treatment as either a single combination dosage form or as multiple, separate dosage forms, administration of the tetracycline compound first, followed by the other therapeutic agent or treatment and administration of the other therapeutic agent or treatment first, followed by the tetracycline compound, 20 The other therapeutic agent may be any agent that is known in the art to treat, prevent, or reduce the symptoms of a tetracycline-responsive disease or disorder. The choice of additional therapeutic agent(s) is based upon the particular tetracycline-responsive disease or disorder being treated, Such choice is within the knowledge of a treating physician. Furthermore, the other therapeutic agent may be 25 any agent of benefit to the patient when administered in combination with the administration of a tetracycline compound. As used herein, the term "subject" means a mammal in need of treatment or prevention, e.g., companion animals (e.g., dogs, cats, and the like), farm animals (e.g., cows, pigs, horses, sheep, goats and the like) and laboratory animals (e.g., rats, 30 mice, guinea pigs and the like). Typically, the subject is a human in need of the specified treatment. As used herein, the term "treating" or 'treatment" refers to obtaining desired pharmacological. and/or physiological effect. The effect can include achieving, - 40 partially or substantially, one or more of the following results: partially or totally reducing the extent of the disease, disorder or syndrome; ameliorating or improving a clinical symptom or indicator associated with the disorder; delaying, inhibiting or decreasing the likelihood of the progression of the disease, disorder or syndrome. 5 As used herein, "preventing" or "prevention" refers to reducing the likelihood of the onset or development of disease, disorder or syndrome. "Effective amount" means that amount of active compound agent that elicits the desired biological response in a subject. In one embodiment, the effective amount of a compound of the invention is from about 0.01 mg/kg/day to 10 about 1000 mg/kg/day, from about 0. 1 mg/kg/day to about 100 mg/kg/day, or from about 0.5 mg/kg/day to about 50 mg/kg/day. The invention further includes the process for making the composition comprising mixing one or more of the present compounds and an optional pharmaceutically acceptable carrier; and includes those compositions resulting from 15 such a process, which process includes conventional pharmaceutical techniques. The compositions of the invention include ocular, oral, nasal, transdermal, topical with or without occlusion, intravenous (both bolus and infusion), inhalable, and injection (intraperitoneally, subcutaneously, intramuscularly, intratumorally, or parenterally) formulations. The composition may be in a dosage unit such as a 20 tablet, pill, capsule, powder, granule, liposome, ion exchange resin, sterile ocular solution, or ocular delivery device (such as a contact lens and the like facilitating immediate release, timed release, or sustained release), parenteral solution or suspension, metered aerosol or liquid spray, drop, ampoule, auto-injector device, or suppository; for administration ocularly, orally, intranasally, sublingually, 25 parenterally, or rectally, or by inhalation or insufflation. Compositions of the invention suitable for oral administration include solid forms such as pills, tablets, caplets, capsules (each including immediate release, timed release, and sustained release formulations), granules and powders; and, liquid forms such as solutions, syrups, elixirs, emulsions, and suspensions. Forms 30 useful for ocular administration include sterile solutions or ocular delivery devices. Forms useful for parenteral administration include sterile solutions, emulsions, and suspensions.

- 41 The compositions of the invention may be administered in a form suitable for once-weekly or once-monthly administration. For example, an insoluble salt of the active compound may be adapted to provide a depot preparation for intramuscular injection (e.g., a decanoate salt) or to provide a solution for 5 ophthalmic administration. The dosage form containing the composition of the invention contains an effective amount of the active ingredient necessary to provide a therapeutic effect. The composition may contain from about 5,000 mg to about 0.5 ng (preferably, from about 1,000 mg to about 0.5 mg) of a compound of the invention or salt form 10 thereof and may be constituted into any form suitable for the selected mode of administration. The composition may be administered about I to about 5 times per day. Daily administration or post-periodic dosing may be employed. For oral administration, the composition is preferably in the form of a tablet or capsule containing, e.g., 500 to 0.5 milligrams of the active compound. Dosages will 15 vary depending on factors associated with the particular patient being treated (e.g., age, weight, diet, and time of administration), the severity of the condition being treated, the compound being employed, the mode of administration, and the strength of the preparation. The oral composition is preferably formulated as a homogeneous 20 composition, wherein the active ingredient is dispersed evenly throughout the mixture, which may be readily subdivided into dosage units containing equal amounts of a compound of the invention. Preferably, the compositions are prepared by mixing a compound of the invention (or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof) with one or more optionally present pharmaceutical carriers (such as a 25 starch, sugar, diluent, granulating agent, lubricant, glidant, binding agent, and disintegrating agent), one or more optionally present inert pharmaceutical excipients (such as water, glycols, oils, alcohols, flavoring agents, preservatives, coloring agents, and syrup), one or more optionally present conventional tableting ingredients (such as corn starch, lactose, sucrose, sorbitol, talc, stearic acid, 30 magnesium stearate, dicalcium phosphate, and any of a variety of gums), and an optional diluent (such as water). Binder agents include starch, gelatin, natural sugars (e.g., glucose and beta-lactose), corn sweeteners and natural and synthetic gums (e.g., acacia and - 42 tragacanth). Disintegrating agents include starch, methyl cellulose, agar, and bentonite. Tablets and capsules represent an advantageous oral dosage unit form. Tablets may be sugarcoated or filmcoated using standard techniques. Tablets may 5 also be coated or otherwise compounded to provide a prolonged, control-release therapeutic effect. The dosage form may comprise an inner dosage and an outer dosage component, wherein the outer component is in the form of an envelope over the inner component. The two components may further be separated by a layer which resists disintegration in the stomach (such as an enteric layer) and permits the 10 inner component to pass intact into the duodenum or a layer which delays or sustains release. A variety of enteric and non-enteric layer or coating materials (such as polymeric acids, shellacs, acetyl alcohol, and cellulose acetate or combinations thereof) may be used. Compounds of the invention may also be administered via a slow release 15 composition; wherein the composition includes a compound of the invention and a biodegradable slow release carrier (e.g., a polymeric carrier) or a pharmaceutically acceptable non-biodegradable slow release carrier (e.g., an ion exchange carrier). Biodegradable and non-biodegradable slow release carriers are well known in the art. Biodegradable carriers are used to form particles or matrices which retain 20 an active agent(s) and which slowly degrade/dissolve in a suitable environment (e.g., aqueous, acidic, basic and the like) to release the agent. Such particles degrade/dissolve in body fluids to release the active compound(s) therein. The particles are preferably nanoparticles or nanoemulsions (e.g., in the range of about I to 500 nm in diameter, preferably about 50-200 nm in diameter, and most 25 preferably about 100 nm in diameter). In a process for preparing a slow release composition, a slow release carrier and a compound of the invention are first dissolved or dispersed in an organic solvent. The resulting mixture is added into an aqueous solution containing an optional surface-active agent(s) to produce an emulsion. The organic solvent is then evaporated from the emulsion to provide a 30 colloidal suspension of particles containing the slow release carrier and the compound of the invention, The compound disclosed herein may be incorporated for administration orally or by injection in a liquid form such as aqueous solutions, suitably flavored - 43 syrups, aqueous or oil suspensions, flavored emulsions with edible oils such as cottonseed oil, sesame oil, coconut oil or peanut oil and the like, or in elixirs or similar pharmaceutical vehicles. Suitable dispersing or suspending agents for aqueous suspensions, include synthetic and natural gums such as tragacanth, acacia, 5 alginate, dextran, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, polyvinyl-pyrrolidone, and gelatin, The liquid forms in suitably flavored suspending or dispersing agents may also include synthetic and natural gums. For parenteral administration, sterile suspensions and solutions are desired. Isotonic preparations, which generally contain suitable preservatives, are employed when intravenous 10 administration is desired. The compounds may be administered parenterally via injection. A parenteral formulation may consist of the active ingredient dissolved in or mixed with an appropriate inert liquid carrier. Acceptable liquid carriers usually comprise aqueous solvents and other optional ingredients for aiding solubility or preservation. 15 Such aqueous solvents include sterile water, Ringer's solution, or an isotonic aqueous saline solution. Other optional ingredients include vegetable oils (such as peanut oil, cottonseed oil, and sesame oil), and organic solvents (such as solketal, glycerol, and formy). A sterile, non-volatile oil may be employed as a solvent or suspending agent. The parenteral formulation is prepared by dissolving or 20 suspending the active ingredient in the liquid carrier whereby the final dosage unit contains from 0.005 to 10% by weight of the active ingredient. Other additives include preservatives, isotonizers, solubilizers, stabilizers, and pain-soothing agents. Injectable suspensions may also be prepared, in which case appropriate liquid carriers, suspending agents and the like may be employed, 25 Compounds of the invention may be administered intranasally using a suitable intranasal vehicle. In another embodiment, the compounds of this invention may be administered directly to the lungs by inhalation. Compounds of the invention may also be administered topically or enhanced 30 by using a suitable topical transdermal vehicle or a transdermal patch. For ocular administration, the composition is preferably in the form of an ophthalmic composition. The ophthalmic compositions are preferably formulated as eye-drop formulations and filled in appropriate containers to facilitate administration - 44 to the eye, for example a dropper fitted with a suitable pipette. Preferably, the compositions are sterile and aqueous based, using purified water. In addition to the compound of the invention, an ophthalmic composition may contain one or more of: a) a surfactant such as a polyoxyethylene fatty acid ester; b) a thickening agents 5 such as cellulose, cellulose derivatives, carboxyvinyl polymers, polyvinyl polymers, and polyvinylpyrrolidones, typically at a concentration n the range of about 0.05 to about 5.0% (wt/vol); c) (as an alternative to or in addition to storing the composition in a container containing nitrogen and optionally including a free oxygen absorber such as Fe), an anti-oxidant such as butylated hydroxyanisol, 10 ascorbic acid, sodium thiosulfate, or butylated hydroxytoluene at a concentration of about 0.00005 to about 0.1% (wt/vol); d) ethanol at a concentration of about 0.01 to 0.5% (wt/vol); and e) other excipients such as an isotonic agent, buffer, preservative, and/or pH-controlling agent. The pH of the ophthalmic composition is desirably within the range of 4 to 8. 15 In certain embodiments, the composition of this invention includes one or more additional agents. The other therapeutic agent may be ay agent that is capable of treating, preventing or reducing the symptoms of a tetracycline-responsive disease or disorder. Alternatively, the other therapeutic agent may be any agent of benefit to a patient when administered in combination with the tetracycline compound in this 20 invention. While this invention has been particularly shown and described with references to example embodiments thereof, it will be understood by those skilled in the art that various changes in form and details may be made therein without departing from the scope of the invention encompassed by the appended claims. 25 EXEMPLIFICATION The following abbreviations and the terms have the indicated meanings: Abbreviation/Term Meaning Ac acetyl AIBN 2,2'-azobis(2-methylpropionitrile) aq aqueous Bn benzyl brine saturated aqueous sodium chloride Boc tert-butoxy carbonyl or t-butoxy carbonyl - 45 (Boc) 2 0 di-tert-butyl dicarbonate BBr 3 boron tribromide Bu butyl Cbz benzyloxycarbonyl

CH

2

C

2 methylene chloride

CH

3 CN or MeCN acetonitrile Cy tricyclohexylphosphine dba dibenzylideneacetone DIBAL-H diisobutylaluminum hydride DIEA NN-diisopropylethylamine DMAP 4-(dimethylamino)pyridine DME - 1,2-dimethoxyethane DMF NN-dimethylformarnide DMPU 1,3-dimethyl-3,4-5,6-tetrahydro-2( 1 H)-pyrimidone DMSO dimethyl sulfoxide EDC N-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-N'-ethylcarbodiimide ESI electrospray ionization equiv. equivalent Et ethyl Et 2 O ethyl ether EtOAc ethyl acetate h,hr hour HCI hydrochloric acid

KHPO

4 potassium hydrogenphosphate HPLC high performance liquid chromatography HOBt 1 -hydroxybenzotriazole iso IBX 2-iodoxybenzoic acid LDA lithium diisopropylamide LHMDS lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide LTMP lithium 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidide Me methyl MeOH methanol Mel methyl iodide - 46 min minute Ms methanesulfonyl MS mass spectrum MTBE methyl tert-butyl ether MW molecular weight NaHCO 3 sodium bicarbonate NaOH sodium hydroxide Na 2

SO

4 sodium sulfate NBS N-bromosuccinimide NCS N-chlorosuccinimide NMR nuclear magnetic resonance spectrometry Ph phenyl Pr propyl s secondary r tertiary RP reverse phase TMEDA tetramethylethylenedi amine TBS ten-butyldimethylsilyl TEA triethylamine Tf trifluoromathanesulfonyl TFA trifluoroacetic acid TFAA trifluoroacetic anhydride THF tetrahydrofuran TLC thin layer chromatography Ts para-toluenesulfonyl TsOH para-toluenesulfonic acid Xantphos 4,5-bis(diphenylphosphino)-9,9-dimethylxanthene Example 1. Synthesis of Compounds of Structural Formula (I). The compounds of the invention can be prepared according the synthetic scheme shown in Scheme 1.

- 47 F F F F 1) isBuLi N H 3 1) (COCI)2 N H 3 C OH, OH TMEDA H OHPh BBr 3

CH

3 0 0 CH 3 C 0 -H 3 0 0 OH 0 23 F 2 1C,(Boc) 2 O F H3C -CH3 F H3C'NCH3 1) LDA F H H~ H H = TMEOA 'N aq H F B N 2) M E D AB H O / / - OPh OH C? OBn BO 0 ~4 OBn B006 8 6 5 OTBS 4 H2/Pd-C F H3C N.CH3 F H3C'N CH3 H H Hf NOH HNO 3

/H

2 S0 4 N OH

NH

2 0 2

~NH

2 OH 0 Oh? O0H 0Oft 8

H

2 /Pd F H3C'NCH3 0 F H3C'N H3 H Hr Br~l H H 0 H NH2 Br

NH

2 H 2 N

NH

2 H OHO0 oh? o OHO oh o RR'N 10 C 109 F H3C'N'CH3 RO OH 2 R- OH O NH 2 OHO o0 o1 Scheme 1 Specific conditions for the reactions depicted in Scheme I are provided in 5 the following examples. Compound I - C OH

CH

3 O 0 - 48 To a THF solution of 5-fluoro-2-methoxybenzoic acid (500 mg, 2.94 mmol, Aldrich 523097) cooled at -78 *C was added a THF solution of s-BuLi (4.60 mL, 1.40 M, 6.44 mmol, 2.2 equiv) and TIVIEDA (0.97 mL, 6.47 mmol, 2.2 equiv). The reaction was stirred at -78 *C for 2 h. Mel (1.10 mL, 17.64 mmol, 6.0 equiv) was 5 added to the reaction mixture dropwise. The reaction was allowed to warm to 25 *C over I h and stirred at 25 'C for 1 h. NaOH (6 N, 20 mL) was added. The resulting mixture was extracted with t-butylmethyl ether (20 mL x 2). The aqueous layer was acidified with HC (6 N) to pH 1 and extracted with EtOAc (20 mL x 4). The combined EtOAc extracts were dried (Na 2

SO

4 ) and concentrated to give 510 mg of 10 crude product 1:'

'

H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) 5 7.06 (dd, J= 9.8, 8.5 Hz, 1 H), 6.75 (dd, J = 9.8, 3.7 Hz, 1 H), 3.86 (s, 3 IH), 2.34 (d, .= 2.4 Hz, 3 H); MS (ESI) m/z 185.12 (M+h). Compound 2 H;OPh

CH

3 o 0 15 2 Oxalyl chloride (0.95 mL, 11.10 mmol, 5.5 equiv) was added to CH 2

CI

2 solution (15 mL, anhydrous) of 1 (510 mg, 2.00 mmol). DMF (0.1 mL) was added to the resulting mixture. The reaction was stirred at 25 *C for I h and concentrated. The 20 resulting solid was re-dissolved in 15 mL of anhydrous CH 2

C

2 . Phenol (520 mg, 5.50 mmol, 2.8 equiv), DMAP (670 mg, 5.6 mmol, 2.8 equiv), and triethylamine (1.90 mL, 13,90 mmol, 7.0 equiv) were added to the reaction mixture. The reaction was stirred at 25 *C for 12 h and concentrated. EtOAc and H20 were added to the residue. The organic layer was washed with NaOH (1 N), H 2 0, and brine, dried 25 (Na 2

SO

4 ), and concentrated. Flash chromatography on silica gel (40:1 hexanes/EtOAc) yielded 400 mg of compound 2 (52% for 2 steps): 'H NMR (400 MI-Iz, CDCI 3 ) 5 7.47-7.41 (m, 2 H), 7.31-7.24 (m, 3 H), 7.08 (dd, J= 9.2, 9.2 Hz, I H), 6.77 (dd, J= 9.2, 3.7 Hz, I H), 3.88 (s, 3 H), 2.36 (d, J= 2.3 Hz, 3 H); MS (ESI) m/z 261L1.2 (M+H). 30 - 49 Compound 3

CH

3 OPh OH 0 3 BBr 3 (1.85 mL, I M, 1.85 mmol, L.2 equiv) was added to a CH 2

C

2 solution 5 (8 mL) of 2 (400 mg, 1.54 mmol) at -78 'C. The reaction was stirred from -78 *C to 25 'C for 1.5 h, quenched with saturated NaHCO 3 and concentrated. EtOAc and

H

2 0 were added to the reaction mixture. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc. The combined EtOAc extracts were dried (Na 2

SO

4 ) and concentrated to yield 360 mg of crude 3: 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC 3 ) 5 10.66 (s, I H), 7.50-7.44 10 (m, 2 H), 7.36-7.31 (m ,1 H), 7,26-7.18 (m, 3 H), 6.86 (dd, J= 9.3, 4.9 Hz, I H), 2.60 (d,.J= 2.4 Hz, 3 H); MS (ESI) m/z 245.11 (M-H). Compound 4

CH

3 rOPh BocO 0 4 15 Boc 2 0 (350 mg, 1.60 nmol, 1.1 equiv) and DMAP (20 mg, 0.16 nimol, 0.1 equiv) were added to a CH 2

CI

2 solution of crude 3 (360 mg). The reaction was stirred at 25 C for 1.5 h and concentrated. Flash chromatography on silica gel (35:1 hexanes/EtOAc) yielded 400 mg of compound 4 (94% for 2 steps): 'H NMR (400 20 MHz, CDCla) 8 7.46-7.41 (m, 2 1), 7.31-7.23 (m, 3 H) 7.18 (dd, J= 8.8, 8.7 Hz, I H), 7.10 (dd, J= 8.8, 4.4 Hz, I H), 2.41 (d, J= 2.3 Hz, 3 H), 1.44 (s, 9 H); MS (ESI) m/z 345.18 (M-H). Compound 5 F H3C'N-CH3 N 2B O O O BocO 0 oiii 0 OBn 25 6 OTBS - 50 A THF solution (6 mL) of 4 (487 mg, 1.40 mmol, 2.0 equiv) was added to a THF solution (5 mL) of LDA (6.30 mL, 10% wt, 4.20 mmol, 6.0 equiv) and TMEDA (1.70 mL, 11.20 mmol, 16.0 equiv) at -78 'C. The reaction was stirred at 5 -78 C for 5 min. A THF solution of enone (339 mg, 0.70 mmol, 1.0 equiv) was added to the reaction mixture dropwise. The reaction was stirred from -78 0 C to 25 *C for I h, quenched with saturated NH4Cl, and extracted with EtOAc. The combined EtOAc extracts were dried (Na 2

SO

4 ) and concentrated to yield the crude product. Preparative reverse phase H1PLC purification on a Waters Autopurification 10 system using a Sunfire Prep C18 OBD column [5 gm, 19 x 50 mm; flow rate, 20 mL/min; Solvent A: H20 with 0.1% HCO 2 H; Solvent B: CH 3 CN with 0.1% H1CO2H; injection volume: 4.0 mL (CH 3 CN); gradient: 80-+100% B over 15 min; mass-directed fraction collection]. Fractions with the desired MW, eluting at 6.3 8.0 min, were collected and concentrated on a RotaVap at rt to remove most of the 15 acetonitrile. The resulting mostly aqueous solution was extracted with EtOAc. The combined EtOAc extracts were dried (Na 2

SO

4 ) and concentrated to give 185 mg of pure 5 (35%): 1 H NMR (400 MIz, CDCl 3 ) 5 15.67 (s, I H), 7.51-7.46 (in, 2 H), 7.39-7.29 (m, 3 H), 7.21 (dd, J= 8.9, 8.9 Hz, 1 H), 7.03 (dd, J= 8.9, 4.0 Hz, I H), 5.34 (s, 2 H), 3.93 (d, J= 10.4 Hz, 1. ), 3.30-3.21 (in, I H), 3.10-3.00 (m, 1 H), 20 2.57-2.41 (m, 3 H), 2.48 (s, 6 11), 2.17-2.12 (in, 1 H), 1.53 (s, 9 H), 0.82 (s, 9 H), 0.26 (s, 3 H), 0.12 (s, 3 H); MS (ESI) m/z 735.45 (M+H). Compound 6 F

H

3 C CH3 H N N OH 0 0 [ OBn 6 25 Aqueous HF (3 rmL, 48%) and TFA (4 pL) were added to a CH 3 CN solution (7 mL) of 5 (210 mg, 0.29 mmol) in a polypropylene tube at 25 'C, The reaction was stirred at 25 C for 18 h. The resulting mixture was poured into an aqueous solution of

K

2

HIPO

4 (21 g, dissolved in 150 mL water). The mixture was extracted with EtOAc. 30 The combined EtOAc extracts were dried (Na 2

SO

4 ) and concentrated to yield - 51 180 mg of crude 6: 'H NMR (400 MIHz CDCl 3 ) 5 14.64 (s, 1 H),, 11.47 (s, 1 H), 7.49-7.45 (m, 2H), 7,39-7,32 (m, 3 H), 7.14(dd,J=9.2, 8,8Hz, 1 H), 6.77 (dd,J= 9.2, 4.3 Hz, I H), 5.36 (s, 2 H), 3.68 (d, J= 3.7 Hz, I H), 3.09 (dd, J= 15.6, 4.6 Hz, I H), 3.02-2.92 (m, I H), 2.84-2.79 (m, 1 H), 2.49 (s, 6 H), 2.34-2.22 (m, 1 H), 2.09 5 2.02 (m, I H), 1.55-1.44 (m, I H); MS (ESI) m/z 521.30 (M+H). Compound 7 F H3C bCH3 FJ H OH

NH

2 OH 0 OW o o 7 10 Palladium on carbon (35 mg, 10 wt%) was added to a MeOH/dioxane solution (4 mL/4 mL) of crude 6 (180 mg). The reaction was purged with hydrogen and stirred under H 2 (balloon) at 25 *C for 1 h. The reaction mixture was filtered through a small Celite plug. The filtrate was concentrated to yield the crude product. Preparative reverse phase HPLC purification on a Waters Autopurification system 1.5 using a Phenomenex Polymerx 10 t RP-1 100A column [10 pim, 150 x 21.20 mm; flow rate, 20 mL/min; Solvent A: 0.05 N HCl/water; Solvent B: CH 3 CN; injection volume: 4.0 mL (0.05 N HCI/water); gradient: 0-100% B over 15 min; mass directed fraction collection]. Fractions with the desired MW, eluting at 6,4-8.2 min, were collected and freeze-dried to yield 51 mg of compound 7 (41% for 2 steps): 'H 20 NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 8 7.26 (dd, J= 9.2, 9.2 Hz, I H), 6.80 (dd, J= 9.2, 4.3 Hz, 1 H), 4.09 (br s, I H), 3.14 (dd,.J= 15.0, 4.6 Hz, I H), 3.04 (s, 3 H), 2.96 (s, 3 H), 3.09-2.91 (m, 2 H), 2.31-2.18 (m, 2 H), 1.68-1.56 (i, I H); MS (ESI) m/z 433.28 (M+IJ). 25 Compound 8

H

3 C, NCH 3 H: .J H QH 0 2 N NH 2 OH 0 OHO O 8 - 52 A mixture of H-NO 3 (8.5 ptL, 69%) and 1 2 S0 4 (0.5 mL) was added to a

H

2 S0 4 solution (1 niL) of 7 (51 mg, 0.12 nunol) at 0 'C. The reaction was stirred at 0 'C for 30 min. The resulting mixture was added dropwise to vigorously stirred diethyl ether (60 mL). The suspension was filtered through a small Celite pad and 5 washed several times with more diethyl ether. The Celite pad was then eluted with MeOH until the eluent became colorless. The yellow MeOH eluent was collected and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford crude 8: 3H NMR (400 MHz,

CD

3 0D) 6 8.03 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 1 H), 4.09 (br s, 1 H), 3.50-2.97 (m, 3 H), 3,04 (s, 3 H), 2.96 (s, 3 H), 2,46-2.36 (m, I H), 2.29-2.20 (m, I H), 1.71-1.59 (m, 1 H); MS 10 (ESI) m/z 478.20 (M+H). Compound 9 F HH3Cs N CH3 OH

H

2 N NH 2 OH 0 OH O 9 15 Palladium on carbon (12 mg, 10 wt%) was added to a MeOH solution (4 mL) of crude 8. The reaction was purged with hydrogen and stirred under H2 (balloon) at 25 *C for 2 h. The catalyst was filtered off with a small Celite pad, The filtrate was concentrated to yield crude 9. Preparative reverse phase HPLC purification on a Waters Autopurification system using a Phenomenex Polymerx 20 10 pt RP-1 100A column [10 p.m, 150 x 21.20 mm; flowrate, 20 nL/min; Solvent A: 0.05 N HCI; Solvent B: CI 3 CN; injection volume: 4.0 mL(0.05 NHCI/water); gradient: 0-100% B over 15 min; mass-directed fraction collection]. Fractions with the desired MW, eluting at 5.0-6.6 min, were collected and freeze-dried to yield 43 mg of pure 9 (81% for 2 steps): IH NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 5 7.43 (d, J= 8.5 25 Hz, 1 H), 4.11 (br s, 1 H), 3.22-3.16 (m, I H), 3.15-3.08 (m, 1 H), 3.06-2.95 (m, 1 H), 3.04 (s, 3 H), 2.96 (s, 3 H), 2.40-2.31 (m, I H), 2.28-2.21 (m, 1 H), 1.71-1.59 (m, I H); MS (ESI) n/z 448,24 (M+H). Compound II 30 -53 F

H

3 C.

CH

3 H H O HO

H

3 C N

HNH

2

CH

3 H 0 HO 0 11 2-t-Butylaminoacetylchloride hydrochloride (4.2 mg, 0.022 mnol, 2.0 equiv) was added to a DMF solution (0.1 mL) of 9 (5 mg, 0.011 mol) at 25 *C. The 5 reaction was stirred at 25 'C for 30 min. The reaction mixture was diluted with 0.05 N HCI (2 mL) and injected into a Waters Autopurification system equipped with a Phenomenex Polymerx 10 g RP-1 1OA column [10 gm, 150 x 21.20 mm; flow rate, 20 mL/min; Solvent A: 0.05 N HCl; Solvent B: CH 3 CN; gradient: 0-100% B over 20 min; mass-directed fraction collection]. Fractions with the desired MW, eluting at 10 6.4-7,0 min, were collected and freeze-dried to yield 3.9 rng of pure 11 (62%): 1 H NMR. (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 5 8.25 (d, J= 11.0 Hz, 1 H), 4.11 (br s, I H), 4.09 (s, 2 H), 3.22-2.86 (m, 3 H), 3.05 (s, 3 H), 2.97 (s, 3 H), 2.33-2.20 (in, 2 H.), 1.69-1.57 (m, 1 H), 1.42 (s, 9 H); MS (ESI) n/z 561.39 (M+H). 15 Compound 32 F

H

3 C, CH 3 H H O H NJ N

NH

2 H OH 0 O 0 32 Anhydrous Na 2 CO3 (16 mg, 0.15 mmol, 5.5 equiv) was added to an 20 anhydrous DMPU/acetonitale (150 RL/50 RL) solution of 9 (12 mg, 0.027 mmol). Bromoacetyl bromide (2.8 sL, 0.032 mmol, 1.2 equiv) was added to the mixture. The reaction was stirred at 25 *C for 10 min. LC/MS analysis indicated complete formation of intermediate 10. Azetidine (36 RL, 0.54 mmol, 20 equiv) was added to the reaction mixture. The reaction was stirred at 25 oC for 2 h. The reaction 25 mixture was concentrated and acidified with HCI (0.5 N in MeOH, 0.7 mL). The resulting mixture was added dropwise to vigorously stirred diethyl ether (10 mL). The suspension was filtered through a small Celite pad and washed several times -54 with more diethyl ether. The Celite pad was then eluted with MeOH until the eluent became colorless, The yellow MeOH eluent was collected and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford crude 32. Preparative reverse phase HPLC purification on a Waters Autopurification system using a Phenomenex Polymerx 10 g RP- 1 5 1O0A column [10 [Lm, 150 x 21.20 mm; flow rate, 20 mL/min; Solvent A: 0.05 N HCI; Solvent B: CH 3 CN; injection volume: 2.0 mL (0.05 N HCI/water); gradient: 10-+20% B over 30 min; mass-directed fraction collection]. Fractions with the desired MW, eluting at 10.8-12.5 min, were collected and freeze-dried to yield 2.0 mg of pure 32: 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 8 8.18 (d, J= 11.0 Hz, I H), 4.41 10 4.31 (m, 2 H), 4.32 (s, 2 H), 4.24-4.13 (in, 2), 4.08 (br s, 1 H), 3,18-2.86 (in, 3 H), 3.03 (s, 3 H), 2.95 (s, 3 H), 2.71-2.57 (in, I H), 2.54-2.42 (in, I H), 2.33-2.16 (n ,2 H), 1.69-1.57 (m, I H); MS (ESI) n/z 545.20 (M+H). Compounds 12 -31 and Compounds 33-46 are prepared similarly to Compounds 15 11 or 32, substituting the appropriate acyl halide for 2-t-Butylaminoacetylchloride in the synthesis of Compound 11 or cyclic amine for azetidine in the synthesis of Compound 32. Compound 12 20 F

H

3 C,.-CH 3 OH

H

3 C N NH 2 H OH O O H O 12 'H NMR (400 Mlz, CD 3 0D) 5 8.23 (d, J= 11.2 Hz, 1 H), 4.08 (s, 3 H), 3.17-2,97 (m, I1 H), 2.31 (dd, J= 14.8, 14.8 Hz, 1 H), 2.24 (ddd, J= 14.0, 5.2, 2.8 25 Hz, 1H1), 1.79-1.72 (.m, 2 H), 1.66 (ddd, J= 13.6, 13.6, 13.6 Hz, I H), 1.05 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3 H); MS (ESI) n/z 547.2 (M+H). Compound 13 - 55 H 3 C'- CH 3 N N NH H OH 0 O O 13 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) S 8.23 (d, J= 11.2 Hz, 1 H), 4.08 (s, 3 H), 3.16-2,97 (m, 11 H), 2.30 (dd, J= 14.8, 14.8 Hz, 1 H), 2.24 (ddd, J= 14.4, 5.2, 2.8 5 Hz, .1H), 1.75-1.69 (m, 2 H), 1.66 (ddd, J= 13.6, 13.6, 13.6 Hz, 1 H), 1.49-141 (m, 2 H),1.01 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3 H); MS (ESI) mn/z 561.2 (M+H). Compound 14

H

3 C. CH 3 F H OH H3C,_^,--,, N -NH2 H OH 0 O H O t0 14 H NMR (400 MI-Iz, CD 3 0D) 8 8.21 (d, J= 11.2 Hz, 1 H), 4.08 (s, I H), 4.06 (s, 2 H), 3.16-2.96 (m, I1 H), 2.28 (dd, J= 14.8, 14.8.Hz, 1 H), 2.22 (ddd, J 14.4, 5.2, 2.8 Hz, IH), 1.77-1.71 (m, 2 H), 1.66 (ddd, J= 14,0, 14.0, 14.0 Hz, 1 F.), 15 1.43-1.35 (m, 6 H),O.93 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3 H); MS (ESI) n/z 589.2 (M+H). Compound 15 F H 3 C'' H 3

H

3 C N N NH 2 H3C N H O OH O OH 0O 15 20 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) 5 8.23 (d,1 = 10.8 Hz, I H), 4.09 (s, 2 H), 4.07 (s, 1 H), 3.15-2.95 (m, 11 H), 2.29 (dd, J= 14.4, 14.4 Hz, I H), 2.25 (ddd, J 14.4, 5.2, 2.8 Hz, 1 H), 1.66 (ddd, J= 13.2, 13.2, 13.2 Hz, 1 H), 1.10 (s, 9 H); MS (ESI) m/z 575.2 (M+H).

- 56 Compound 16 HC,

CH

3 F 1H OH H3C N

NH

2 CHS OHO OP O 16 5 'H NMR (400 M-lz, CD 3 0D) 8 8.24 (d, J= 11.0 Hz, 1H), 4.08 (s, 2H), 4.01 3.89 (m, ]H), 3.50-3.42 (m, 1H), 3.20-2.84 (m, 9H), 2.30 (at, J= 14.7 Hz, 1H), 2.23-2.15 (m, 1H), 1.70-1.58 (m, 1H), 1.37 (d, J = 6.7Hz, 611); MS (ESI) m/z 547.25 (M+H). 10 Compound 17 F .

H H3 0 OH N N NH 2 OH 0 OOH O 17 'H NIR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) S 8.24 (d, J = 11.0 Hz, I H), 4.20 (s, 2 H), 15 4.09 (br s, I H), 3.19-3.13 (m, 1 H), 3.12-2.89 (m, 2 H), 2.89-2.38 (m, 1 H), 3.04 (s, 3 H), 2.96 (s, 3 H), 2.35-2.19 (m, 2 H), 1.71-1.59 (m, 1 H), 0.95 (br s, 2), 0.94 (br s, 2); MS (ESI) m/z 545.37 (M+H) Compound 18 20 F H3CN

CH

3 H H z H~I - OH N N

HNH

2 H OHO OH 0W H NMR.(400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 8.23 (d, J= 10,8 Hz, I H), 4.09 (s, 3 H), 3.68-3.61 (m, 1 H), 3.16-2.97 (m,9H),2.29 (ddJ= 14.4, 14.4Hz, 1 H), 2.25 (ddd, -57 J= 14.4, 5.2, 2.8 Hz, ]H), 2.20-2.12 (m, 2 H), 1.98-1,91 (m, 2 H), 1.75-1.68 (i, 4 H), 1.66 (ddd, J= 13.6, 13.6, 13.6 Hz, 1 H); MS (ESI) ni/z 573.1 (M+H). Compound 19 5 F H3C -CH3 Ll H: ~ !N~ : OH HC N NH 2 H OH 0 O O 19 '1 NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 5 8.26 (d, J= 11.0 Hz, I H), 4.09 (br s, 3 H), 3.19-2.93 (n, 5 H), 3.04 (s, 3 H), 2.96 (s, 3 H), 2.35-2.26 (m, I H), 2.25-2.18 (m, I 10 H), 2.14-2.02 (m ,1 H), 1.71-1.59 (m, 1 H), 1.07 (d, J= 6.7, 6 H); MS (ESI) mn/z 561.24 (M+H). Compound 20 F H3C, C M 8 H: 0 OH - H... O NH, H OH 0 O O 15 20 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 8 8,24 (d,.J= 11,0 Hz, I H), 4.11 (s, 2 H), 4.08 (br s, I H), 3.22-2.92 (m, 5 H), 3.03 (s, 3 H), 2.95 (s, 3 H), 2.33-2.24 (m, 1 H), 2.24-2.17 (m, 1 H), 1.69-1.58 (m,] H), 1.17-1.07 (m, I H), 0.77-0.71 (m, 2 H), 20 0.46-0,40 (m, 2 H); MS (ESI) m/z 559.23 (M+H). Compound 21

H

3 C, -CH 3 :j OH H3C,, N N NH 2 H OH 0 O O O 21 - 58 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) S 8.25 (d, J= 11.0 Hz, 1H), 4.12 (s, 2H), 4.09 (s, 1H), 3.72-3.67 (m, 2H), 3.43 (s, 3 H), 3.19-2.92 (m, 11H), 2.35-2.1.8 (m, 2H) 1.71-1.58 (n, IH); MS (ESI) mn/z 563.23 (M+H). 5 Compound 22 H3C, -'CH 3 H H: OH F3C .N NH 2 H OH 0 O0 O 22 10 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 8 8.25 (d, J = 11.0 Hz, IlH), 4.22 (s, 2H), 4.14 4.05 (m, 3H), 3.18-2,84 (m, 9H), 2.34-2.17 (m, 2H), 1.70-1.57 (m, I .); MS (ESI) m/z 587.28 (M+H). Compound 23 15 F HCN CH 3 H H H 0 1 OH

H

3 C N

NH

2 H OH 0 OHO 23 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 8 8.24 (d, J= 11.0 Hz, 1H), 4.24 (s, 2H), 4.09 (s, 1H), 3.14-2.93 (m, 1511), 2.24-2.18 (m, 2H), 1.65 (dt, J= 13.4, 11.6 Hz, IH); MS 20 (ESI) r/z 533.17 (M+H). Compound 24

H

3 C -CH 3 F HC H3 H H OH 0 O O 24 - 59 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 5 8.23 (d, J= 10.4 Hz, IH), 4.29 (d, J= 16.5 Hz, I H), 4.18 (d, J= 15.9 Hz, 1H), 4.09 (s, 1H), 3.19-2.89 (m, 14H), 2.36-2.17(m, 2.H), 1.70-1.58 (m, iH), 1.38 (t, J = 7.32 Hz, 3H); MS (ESI) n/z 547.25 (M+H). 5 Compound 25 F H3C- .CH3 H H 70O HC = OH H3C J N NH 2 H OH 0 0

OH

0 O 25 10 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 6 8.21 (d, J= 10.8 Hz, I H), 4.25 (s, 2 H), 4.10 (s, 1 H), 3.35 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3 H), 3.34 (t, .= 7.2 Hz, 3 H), 3.13-2.99 (m, 9 H), 2.31 (dd, .J= 14.8, 14.8 Hz, 1 H), 2.27 (ddd, J = 14.8, 5.2, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 1,78-1.74 (m, 2 H), 1.68 (ddd, J= 13.6, 13.6, 13.6 Hz, 1 H), 1.38 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 6 H); MS (ESI) n/z 561.2 (M+H). 15 Compound 26 F

H

3 C N-CH3 H HOH ii O

H

3 C N NH 2 H OHO OH 0 0 28 20 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 6 8.23 (d, J= 11.2 Hz, 1 H), 4.10 (s, 3 H), 3.16-2.96 (m, I I H), 2.31 (dd, J= 14.4,14.4 Hz, 1 H), 2.24 (ddd,. = 14.4, 5.2, 2.8 Hz, IR), 1.78-1.71 (m, 2 H), 1.66 (ddd, J= 14.0, 14.0,14.0 Hz, I H), 1.45-1.38 (m, 4 H),0.98 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3 H); MS (ESI) mi/z 575.2 (M+H). 25 Compound 27 - 60 F H3C, -CH3 H Hq F OH

H

3 C N NH 2 H OH 0 OH O0 27 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) 5 8.24 (d, .= 10.8 Hz, I H), 4.09 (s, 3 H), 3.59 (t, J= 5.6 Hz, 2 H), 3.40 (s ,3 H), 3.23 (t, ,J= 5.6 Hz, 2 H), 3.15-2.94 (m, 9 1-1), 5 2.32 (dd, J= 15.2, 1.5,2 Hz, I H), 2.24 (ddd, J= 14.0, 5.2, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 2.08-2.02 (m, 2 H), 1.66 (ddd, J= 15.2, 15.2, 15.2 Hz, 1 H); MS (ESI) m/z 577.2 (M+H). Compound 28 F H3C, -CH3 H L -1 , O

,H

3 OH H3C N N NH 2 H OH 0 O H O 10 28 'H NMR (400 MI-z, CD 3 0D) 5 8.24 (d, J= 10.8 Hz, 1 H), 4.32 (d,J= 8.0 Hz, 1 H), 4.21 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, I H), 4.10 (s, 1 H), 3.18-2.99 (m, 9 ), 3.01 (s, 3 H), 2.33 (dd, .= 14.8, 14.8 Hz, 1 H), 2.29 (ddd, J= 15.2, 5.2, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 1.78-1.74 15 (m, 2 H), 1.88-1.81 (m, 2 H), 1.68 (ddd,J= 15.6, 15.6, 15.6 Hz, 1 H), 1.08 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3 H); MS (ESI) m/z 561.2 (M+H). Compound 29 F H3C -CH, H H: HC N

-NH

2 OHO O O 20 29 IH NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) S 8.25 (d, J= 10.8 Hz, 1 H), 4.10 (s, 3 H), 3.18-2.98 (m, 11 H), 2.31 (dd, J= 14.8, 14.8 Hz, 1 H), 2.26 (ddd, J= 14.4, 5.2, 2.8 - 61 Hz, 1H), 1.78-1.74 (m, 2 H), 1.66 (ddd,J= 13.6, 13.6, 13.6Hz, 1 H), 1.42-1.30 (m, 8 H),0.94 (t, J= 6.8 Hz, 3 H); MS (ESI) mn/i 603.2 (M+H). Compound 30 5 U U OH

NH

2 30 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD30D) 5 8.32 (d, J= 10.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.38-7.34 (m, 2 H), 7.10-7.06 (m, 3 H), 4.17 (s, 2 H), 4.10 (s, 1 H), 3.18-2.99 (m, 11 H), 2.29 (dd, . 10 = 15.6, 15.6 Hz, I H), 2.25 (ddd, J= 14.8, 5.2, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 1.66 (ddd, J= 14.8, 14.8, 14.8 Hz, I H); MS (ESI) m/z 581.1 (M+H). Compound 31 F H 3 C'N-CH3 ~ OH N NH 2 NHN2 HOH 0 OH 00 15 31 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) S 8.25 (d, J= 10.8 Hz, 1 H), 4.36 (d, .J= 8.0 Hz, 1 H), 4.21 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, I H), 4.10 (s, I H), 3.68-3.61 (m, 1 H), 3.18-2.98 (m, 9 H), 3.00 (s, 3 H), 2.29 (dd, J= 14.4, 14.4 Hz, 1 H), 2.20-2.10 (m, 3 H), 1.96-1.89 20 (m, 2 H), 1.78-1.68 (m, 4 H), 1.66 (ddd, .J= 14.4, 14.4, 14.4 Hz, I H); MS (ESI) m/z 587.2 (M+H). Compound 33 -62 F H3C -CH3 H L .. ~ OH F\a AN NH 2 H OH 0 OiP' o 33 H NMR (400 MIz, CD 3 0D) 5 8.20 (d, J= 11.0 Hz, I H), 5.54-5.33 (m, 2 H), 4.71-4.37 (m, 4 H), 4.40 (s, 2 H), 4.06 (br s, I H), 3.17-2.92 (n, 3 H), 2.99 (s, 6 5 H), 2.33-2.24 (m, 1 H), 2.23-2.16 (i, I H), 1.70-1.58 (m ,1 H); MS (EST) m/z 563.20 (M+H). Compound 34 F H3C CHs

BH

N N NH 2 H OH 0 OH O 10 34 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 5 8.22 (d, J= 11.0 Hz, 1H), 4.33 (s, 2H), 4.10 (s, IH), 3.83-3.72 (m, 2H), 3.25-2.89 (m, 12H), 2.32-2.00 (m, 6H), 1.69-1.56 (m, IH); MS (ESI) m/z 559.39 (M+H). 15 Compound 35

H

3 C -CHs U H L OH F"- N N

NH

2 H OH 0 OHo O 35 20 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 5 8.25 (d, J= 1.0 Hz, 1f), 5.54-5.31 (m, 1H), 4.39-4.20 (m, 2H), 4.09-4.01 (m, 1H), 3.40-3.30 (in, 2H), 3.09-2.89 (m, 12H), 2.50-2,34 (m, 2H), 2.34-2.25 (m, 11), 2.24-2.16 (m, IH), 1.71-1.58 (m, 1H); MS (ESI) Mr/z 577.32 (M+H).

- 63 Compound 36 F H3C.. NCH3 H H OH N

NH

2 H OH 0 ON O 36 5 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 5 8.23 (d, J= 10.4 Hz, 1H), 5.57-5.37 (m, 1H), 4.47-4.33 (m, 2H), 4.15-3.87 (n, 21H), 3.72-3.40 (m, I), 3.17-2.83 (m, 12H), 2.55-2.34 (m, 2H), 2.33-2.18 (m, 2H), 1.69-1.57 (m, 1H); MS (ESI) mn/z 577.37 (M+H). 10 Compound 37 F H3C CH 3 H OH H3 N6 N NH 2 H OH 0 OH O 37 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 8 8.28 (d, J= 10.7 Hz, 1H), 4.08 (s, IH), 4.00 15 3.91 (m, 2H), 3.09-2.57 (m, 18H), 3.26-3.18 (m, 3H), 2.49-2.34 (in, 2H), 2.35-2.06 (m, 2H), 1.72-1.59 (m, IH); MS (ESI) mn/z 602.37 (M+H). Compound 38 F

H

3 C, CH 3 H1 H />0 , OH HC N N

NH

2

H

3 C H OH 0 O H O 20 3s 'H NMR (400 MIHz, CD 3 0D) 5 8.24 (d, J= 11.0 Hz, IH), 4.46-4.32 (in, 2H), 4.26-4.16 (m, 11), 4.08 (s, 2H), 4.00-3.72 (m, 211), 3.18-2.91 (m, 16H), 2.68- - 64 2.56 (m, 1H), 2.51-2,39 (m, IH), 2.34-2.24 (m, 1H), 2.23-2.17 (m, 1H), 1.70-1.57 (m, 11H); MS (ESI) m/z 602.37 (M+H). Compound 39 5 F

H

3 0s -CH 3 H OH HO' (NJ N

NH

2 H OH 0 OHOO O 39 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 8 8.23 (d, 1= 11.0 Hz, 1H), 4.62-4.54 (m, 1H), 4.48-4.24 (m, 2H), 4.08 (s, 1H), 3.99-3.69 (m, 3H), 3.50-3.40 (m, 11), 3.17 10 2.90 (m, 9H), 2.44-2.11 (m, 4H), 2.10-2.00 (m, lH), 1.69-1.56 (m, IH); MS (ESI) m/z 575.27 (M+H). Compound 40 F H3C -CH3 H H-O OH HO N NI w NH 2 H OH 0 OHb O 15 40 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) 8 8.23 (d, J= 11.0 Hz, IH), 4.62-4.54 (m, IH), 4.50-4.38 (m, 1.1), 4.37-4.27 (m, IH), 4.1.0 (s, IH), 3.99-3.70 (m, 3H), 3.50 3.40 (m, IH), 3.24-2.84 (m, 91), 2.40-2.11 (m, 4H), 2,10-2.01 (m, IfH), 1,70-1.57 20 (m, I H); MS (ESI) n/z 575.33 (M+H). Compound 41 F

H

3 C. -CH 3 H H 17OH OH N NH 2 0. H OH O OH 0 0 41 - 65 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 6 8.25 (d, .= 11.0 Hz, IH), 4.54 (d, J= 16.5 Hz, 1H), 4.26 (d, J= 15.9 Hz, 1H), 4.09 (s, 1H), 3.95-3,81 (m, 2H), 3.81-3,75 (m, 5 1H1), 3.69-3.62 (m, IH), 3.35 (s, 3H), 3.23-2.92 (m, 9H), 2.35-2.04 (m, 6H), 1.91 1.80 (n, 1H), 1.71-1.59 (m, 1H); MS (EST) in/z 603.35 (M+H). Compound 42 F H3C, ..CH3 H~ H N, OH N NNH 2 0H OH 0 10 42 'IH NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) 8 8.24 (d, .= 11.0 Hz, 1H), 4.55 (d, J= 16.5 Hz, 1H), 4.27 (d, J= 16.5 Hz, 1H), 4.10 (s, 1H), 3.95-3.82 (m, 2H), 3.81-3.75 (m, :1,H), 3,70-3,63 (m, 1.H), 3.38 (s, 31H), 3.20-2.92 (m, 9H.), 2.35-2.02 (m, 611), 1.92 15 1.80 (m, 1H), 1.70-1.58 (m, 11); MS (ESI) n/z 603.41 (M+H). Compound 43

H

3 C -CH 3 N, OH N N

NH

2 H OHO O O 43 20 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) 8 8,22 (d, J = 11.0 Hz, 1H), 4.19 (s, 2H), 4.09 (s, 1H), 3.65-3.58 (m, 2H), 3.19-2.92 (m, 10H), 2,34-2.18 (m, 2H), 2.02-1.79 (in, 6H), 1.69-1.50 (m, 2H); MS (ESI) m/z 573.35 (M.+H). 25 Compound 44 - 66 F H 3 C UCH 3 N OH N

NH

2 H OH 0 O O 44 'H NMR (400 MI-z, CD 3 OD) 8 8.24 (d, J= 11.0 Hz, IH), 4.28 (s, 2H), 4.03 4.00 (m, 2H), 3.94-3.81 (m, 2H), 3.68-.3.55 (m, 2H), 3.20-2.88 (m, 12H), 2.36-2.18 5 (m, 2H), 1.71-1,57 (m, 1-); MS (ESI) m/z 575.37 (M+H). Compound 45 F

H

3 C .- CH 3 F HNH Pr N : OH

NH

2 H OH 0 OHO O 46 10 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D, 2:1 mixture of diastereomers) 8 8.25 (d + d, .J = 11.0 Hz, 1H), 4.29, 4.24 (s + s, 2H), 4.08 (s + s, 1H), 4.01-3.92 (m + m, 311), 3.20 2.62 (m + m, 13H), 2.35-2.16 (m + ma, 3H), 1.83-1.46 (m + m, 511); MS (ESI) m/z 599.36 (M+H). 15 Compound 46 F

H

3 C

CH

3 H H:O

NNNH

2 H OH 0 OHO 0 46 20 'H NMR (400 Mz, CD 3 0D) 8 8.29 (d, J= 11.0 Hz, 1H), 7.41 (s, 511), 4.50 4.37 (in, 2H), 4.05 (s, 1H), 3.95-3,81 (m, 211), 3.40-3.37 (m, 111), 3.24-3.15 (m, 311), 3.10-2.70 (m, 9H), 2.36-2.25 (m, 11), 2.25-2.16 (m, 111), 1,72-1.59 (m, iH); MS (ESI) m/z 607,34 (M+H).

-67 Compound 47 F H3C', cHa H OH H3C N NH2 0 N OH H OHO O 47 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 8 8.15 (d, J= 10.8 Hz, 1 H), 4.00 (s, 1 H), 3.99 (s, 2 H), 3.10-2.87 (m, 11 H), 2.32-2,12 (m, 2 H), 1.59-1.51 (m, I H), 1.26 (t, J 5 =7.2 Hz, 3 H); MS (ESI) n/z 533.1 (M+H). Compound 48

H

3 C' N-H 3 H N 0 HOH \XN.J, NH 2 48 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 5 8.15 (d, J= 11.2 Hz, 1 H), 4.00 (s, 1 H), 10 3.96 (s, 2 H), 3.08-2.87 (m, 11 H), 2.70-2.61 (m, I H), 2.23-2.09 (i, 4 H), 1.97-1.75 (m, 4 H), 1.59-1.51 (m ,1 H); MS (ESI) mn/z 572.2 (M+H). Compound 49 F

H

3 C', eCH H H O' AN OH H OHO O O 49 15 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) 8 8.26 (d, J = 10.8 Hz, 1 H), 4.10 (s, 3 H), 3.21-2.97 (m, 11 H), 2.35-2.20 (m, 2 H), 2,15-2.05 (m, 1 H-), 1.98-1.82 (m, 2 H), 1.77-1.61 (m, 5 H), 1.35-1.26 (m, 2 H); MS (ESI) m/z 587.1 (MV+H). Compound 50 HSC -CH3 H ~H N OH H OHO O O 20 50 - 68 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) 8 8.26 (d, J= 10.8 Hz, 1 H), 4.16 (s, I H), 4.14 (s, 21H), 3.20-2.95 (m, 11 H), 2.32-2.20 (m, 2 H), 1.88-1.59 (m, 6 H), 1.39-1.21 (m, 4 H), 1.12-1.02 (m, 2 H); MS (ESI) n/z 601.1 (M+H). 5 Compound 51 H3C, ,CH3 HHN 51 'H NMR (400 ML-z, CD 3 0D) 5 8.14 (d, J= 10.8 Hz, I H), 4.00 (s, 1 H), 3.88 (s, 21H), 3.77-3.73 (ni, I H), 3.09-2.87 (in, 9 H), 2.29-2.10 (m, 6 H), 1.88-1.81 (m, 2 H), 1.59-1.50 (m, 1 f); MS (ESI) mi/z 559.1 (M+H). 10 Compound 52 F H 3 -G CH 3 H H aH NH 2 52 IH NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 5 8.24 (d, J= 10.8 Hz, 1 H), 4.10 (s, 3 H), 3.17-2.97 (m, 9 H), 2.32-2.09 (m, 4 H), 1.92-1.85 (m, 2 H), 1.75-1.63 (m, 2 H), 15 1.43-1.26 (in, 6 H); MS (ESI) m/z 587.2 (M+H). Compound 53 F H23C,N CH3 0 OH NH 2 53 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 5 8.20 (d, J= 11.2 Hz, 1 H), 8.16 (d, 1=2.4 20 Hz, I 1-1), 8.06 (d, J= 5.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.85-7.78 (n, 2 H), 4.27 (s, 2 H), 4.11 (s, 1 H), 3.18-2.98 (m, 9 H), 2.32-2.21 (m, 2 H), 1.70-1.60 (m, 1 H); MS (ESI) n/z 582.2 (M+H) Compound 54 -69

H

3 CN..

CH

3 H H H N HNH 2

H

3 C* v0R0 F 54 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 8 8.24 (d, . = 11.0 Hz, I H), 4.31 (s, 2 H), 4.11 (s, I H), 3.22-2.88 (m, 9 H), 2.36-2.16 (n, 2 H), 1.70-1.56 (M, 1 H), 1.44 (s, 9 H); MS (ESI) m/z 577.41 (M+H). 5 Compound 55 F H3C'N.CH3 FNOH2 H 0 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 8 8.15 (d, J= 10.8Hz, 1 H), 4.65 (t, J= 4,8 Hz, 2 H), 4.08 (s, 2 H), 4.00 (s, I H), 3.45 (t, J= 4.4 Hz, 1 H), 3.38 (t, J= 5.6 Hz, 1 10 H), 3.20-2.87 (m, 9 H), 2.25-2.09 (m, 2 H), .1.59-1.50 (n, I H); MS (ESI) m/z 551.0 (M+H). Compound 56 H3C,'NCH3 F I.O N NH 2 H OH 0 O O 6 15 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) 6 8.25 (d, J = 11.2 Hz, 1 H), 6.39 (tt, .J 53.6, 3.2 Hz, 1 H ), 4.24 (s, 2 H), 4.13 (s, 1 H), 3.71 (td, J= 15.2, 2.8 Hz, 2 H ), 3.19-2.91 (i, 9 H), 2.33-2.24 (m, 2 H), 1.70-1.60 (m, 1 H); MS (ESI) /z 569.0 (M+H). Compound 57 F H3C., CH3

H

3 cX OH H

HNH

2 20 57 - 70 'H NMR (400 MIHz, CD 3 0D) 5 8.21 (d, J= 10.8 Hz, 1 H), 4.01 (s, I H), 3.85 (s, 2 H), 3.73 (s, 3 H), 3.59-3.51 (m, 1 H), 3.12-2.87 (m, 9 H), 2.23-2.12 (m, 2 H), 1.88-1.50 (m, 9 H); MS (ESI) m/z 559.1 (M+H). 5 Compound 58 F H3C.. CH3 j H: SN NH 2 H OHO O O 58 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 8 8.24 (d, J= 10.8 Hz, 1 H), 4.48 (s, 2 H), 4.12 (s, 1 H), 4.10-4.07 (m, 2 H), 3.93-3.86 (m, 2 H), 3,19-2.90 (m, 9 H), 2.79-2.67 (m, 2 H), 2.37-2.21 (m, 2 H), 1.59-1.51 (m, 1 H); MS (ESI) m/z 595.0 (M+I). 10 Example 2. Synthesis of Compounds of Structural Formula (I), wherein R' and R 2 taken together with the nitrogen to which they are bonded form a monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl. Scheme 2 15 FFFF

CH

3 CH BnBr/KJ CH 3 CH3

HNO

3

K

2 00 3 Na2S2OA.H CO2Ph 0 2 N CO 2 Ph 0 2 N CO 2 Ph H 2 N CO 2 Ph OH OH OBn OBn 3 2-1 2-2 2-3 allylbromide K2CO 3 /KI F H 3 C', CH 3 F H3C'N'CH3 F H H: H H N o : o a) LDNTMEDA CH 'N NN C 3

H

2 N N N - N C0 2 Ph BnO 0 HO 0 OBn oo Bno 0 HO oBn OBn 2-4 OTBS "gNn 2-5 OTBs b) none: 2-4 Pd(PPh 3

)

4 H 1) BrCH 2 0OBr 2) 1R 2 RNH 0z0 OBn F H3C'N 'CH 3 F H3CN'CH3 H H 1)aqHF U O R1 0 2) H 2 /Pd-C R1 0 2R' N NN :- 2R N NH 2 H BnO 0HO O OBn H OHOHO O 2-7 OTBS 2-8 - 71 The following compounds were prepared according to Scheme 2. Compound 2-1 F CH3 O2N CQ 2 Ph OH 5 2-1 To a 250 mL round bottom flask was added compound 3 (14.47g, 56.30 mmol, 1.0 equiv, crude), tetrabutylammonium bromide (0.90 g, 2,80 mmol, 0.05 equiv), 1,2-dichloroethane (60 mL), and water (60 mL). The clear bi-layer was cooled in a 20 "C water bath. Nitric acid (7.2 mL, 70 wt%, 112.60 mmol, 2.0 equiv) 10 was added. After the addition, the reaction temperature slowly rose to 26 *C. The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight (19 hrs). TLC (heptane/EtOAc 9.5/0.5) showed the reaction was complete. The organic layer was separated, washed with water (60mL x 2) and brine, and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed to give compound 2-1 as a brown oil, which solidified on 15 standing (17.71 g, quantitative). The crude product was used directly for the next step. Compound 2-2 F CH3 02N J# CO 2 Ph OBn 2-2 20 To a 250 mL round bottom flask was added compound 2-1 (17.7 g, 56,30 mmol 1.0 equiv), acetone (177 mL), anhydrous potassium carbonate (15.6 g, 113.00 mmol, 2.0 equiv), and potassium iodide (0.47 g, 2.80 mmol, 0.05 equiv). To the stirred suspension at room temperature was added benzyl bromide (7.03 mL, 59.10 mmol, 1.05 equiv). The suspension was then heated to 56 C for 4 hrs. TLC 25 (heptane/EtOAc = 9/1) showed the reaction was complete. The solid was removed by filtration and washed with acetone (30 mL). The filtrated was concentrated to give a paste. The paste was partitioned between methyl t-butyl ether (MTBE, 120 mL) and water (80 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (80 mL) and - 72 brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated to give compound 2-2 as a brown oil (21.09 g, 98%). The crude product was used directly for the next step. Compound 2-3 F CH3 H2N J# CO 2 Ph OBn 5 2-3 To a I L round bottom flask was added compound 2-2 (21.08 g, 55.40 mmol, 1.0 equiv) and THF (230 mL). The solution was cooled in a cold water bath to 10 *C. To another 500 mL round bottom flask containing water (230 mL), sodium hydrosulfite (Na 2

S

2 0 4 , 56.7 g, 276.80 mmol, 5.0 equiv) was added slowly with 10 stirring. The aqueous solution of sodium hydrosulfite was added to the THF solution of compound 2-2. The temperature quickly rose from 10 "C to 20.4 "C after the addition. The yellow suspension was stirred while the cold water bath slowly warmed up to room temperature overnight to give an orange cloudy solution. The reaction temperature during this period was between 15 "C to 19 *C. TLC 15 (heptane/EtOAc = 9/1) showed the reaction was complete. The orange cloudy solution was diluted with EtOAc (460 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (150 mL x 2) and brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give the crude product as a brown oil. The crude product was purified by flash silica gel column eluted with heptane/EtOAc 9/1 20 to yield the desired product 2-3 (15.83 g, 80%, 3 steps). Compound 2-4 CH3 N Co 2 Ph OBn 2-4 To an N4P1 solution (50 mL) aniline 2-3 (10.02 g, 28.5 mmol, 1 equiv) was 25 added allyl bromide (7.65 mL, 85.5 rnnol, 3 equiv) and potassium carbonate (11.79 g, 85.5 mmol, 3 equiv). Potassium iodide (994.8 mg, 6 mmol, 0.2 equiv) was added and the reaction mixture was placed under nitrogen and heated to 100 'C. After 16 h, the reaction was cooled, diluted with water (60 mL), and extracted with EtOAc - 73 (75 mL, then 2 x 50 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with water (2 x 35 mL), were dried (Na 2

SO

4 ), filtered, and concentrated to yield the crude product. Purification via flash column chromatography on silica gel (RediSep, 125 g, gradient 1-6% EtOAc in hexanes) gave 10.97 g of pure 2-4 (89%): 'H NMR (400 MHz, 5 CDC 3 ) 5 7.42-7.30 (m, 7 H), 7,42-7.20 (m, 1 H.), 7.00 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 2 H), 6.72 (d, J= 11.0 HZ, I H), 5.77-5.70 (m, 2 H), 5.20-5.12 (m, 6 H), 3.81 (d, J= 6.1 Hz, 4 H), 2.26 (s, 3 H); MS (ESI) m/z 432.34 (M+H). Compound 2-5 F HSCN CH3 %-Bno 0 HOEiO O n 10 2.. oTBS A THF solution (6.5 mL) of 2-4 (875 mg, 2.03 mnol, 1.25 equiv) was added to a freshly-prepared solution of LDA in THF (0.051 M, 2.03 mmol, 40 mL, 1.25 equiv) and TMEDA (304 pL, 2.03 nmol, 1.25 equiv) at -78 *C. The reaction was stirred at -78 *C for 15 mi. A THF solution (6.5 mL) of enone (784 mg, 1.62 mmol, 15 1.0 equiv) was added to the reaction mixture dropwise, followed by addition of LHMDS solution (1.0 M in THF, 2.03 mL, 2.03 mmol, 1.25 equiv). The reaction was stirred from -78 *C to -10 C for I h, quenched with saturated NH 4 C (6 mL), and warmed to 25 *C. The solution was poured into saturated NH 4 Cl (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 75 mL). The combined EtOAc extracts were dried 20 (Na 2

SO

4 ), filtered, and concentrated to yield the crude product. Preparative reverse phase HPLC purification on a Waters Autopurification system using a Sunfire Prep C 18 OBD column [5 ptm, 19 x 50 mm; flow rate, 20 mL/min; Solvent A: H 2 0 with 0.1% HCO 2 H; Solvent B: CH 3 CN with 0.1% HCO 2 H; injection volume: 4x 3.6 4.2mL (CH 3 CN); gradient: 88-100% B over 12 min; mass-directed fraction 25 collection]. Fractions with the desired MW, eluting at 6.6-10.6 min, were collected and lyophilized to give 552 mg of pure 2-5 (41%): 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) 8 16.22 (s, I H), 7.49-7.47 (m, 4 H), 7.37-7.31 (m, 6 H), 6.80 (d, J= 11.0 Hz, 1 H), 5.76-5.64 (m, 2 H), 5.35 (s, 2 H), 5.17-5.11 (im, 4 H), 4.98 (d, J= 9.2, 1 H), 4.87 (d, J = 9.8 Hz, I H), 3.96 (m, J = 10.4 Hz, I H), 3.83-3.71 (m, 4 H.), 3.14 (dd, J= 14.7, - 74 4.3 Hz, I H), 3.0-2,87 (in, I H), 2.55-2.35 (m, 9 H), 2.11 (d, J= 14.7 Hz, I H), 0.82 (s, 9 H), 0.26 (s, 3 H), 0.13 (s, 3 H); MS (ESI) m/z 820,55 (M+H). Compound 2-6 F H3C'N-CH, H H?

H

2 N n BnO O HO 0! OBn 5 2-6 OTBS A solution of 2-5 (550 mg, 0.671 mmol, 1.0 equiv) in degassed CH 2

CI

2 (2.5 mL, with I and 1 5 mL rinse) was added under nitrogen via syringe to a flame-dried flask containing N,N-dimethylbarbituric acid (324 mg, 2.07 mmol, 3.0 equiv), and Tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (56.9 mg, 0.0492 mmol, 0.07 equiv). The 10 resulting solution was heated to 35 'C for 4 h, then concentrated to remove the solvent. The resulting crude mixture was purified via preparative reverse phase HPLC on a Waters Autopurification system using a Sunfire Prep C18 OBD column [5 m, 19 x 50 mm; flow rate, 20 mL/min; Solvent A: H 2 0 with 0.1% HCO2H; Solvent B: CH 3 CN with 0.1% HCO 2 H; injection volume: 3x 3.1 mL (CH 3 CN); 15 gradient: 80->100% B over 17 min; mass-directed fraction collection]. Fractions with the desired MW, eluting at 6.1-10.1 min, were collected and freeze-dried to give 352 mg ofpure 2-6 (71%): 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) 5 16.10 (s, 1 H), 7.51 7.43 (m, 4 H), 7.9-7.29 (m , 6 H), 6.61 (d, J= 9.8 Hz, I H), 5.35 (s, 21H), 4.87 (dd,.J = 22.6, 10.4 Hz, 2 H), 3.96 (d, J= 10.4 Hz, I H), 3,91 (s, 2 H), 3.12 (dd, J= 15.3, 20 10.1 Hz, 11 ), 3.04-2.92 (in, 1. H), 2.55-2.31 (n, 9H), 2.11 (d,J= 14.7 Hz, 1 H), 0.82 (s, 9 H), 0.27 (s, 3 H), 0.12 (s, 3 H); MS (ESI) m/z 740.44 (M+H). Compound 59 F

H

3 C .CH 3 0 OH

NH

2 59 25 To a solution of aniline 2-6 (30 mg, 0.041 mmol, 1 equiv) in THF (600 L) was added bronoacetylbromide (3.7 pL, 0.043 mmol, 1.05 equiv). After 15 minutes, indazole (53 mg, 0.45 mmol, 10 equiv) was added. After 15 h the reaction was - 75 heated to 80 *C. After an additional 26 h, another 20 mg indazole (0.17 mmol, 4 equiv) was added and the reaction heated at 80 *C. After 20 h, the solvent was removed in vacuo and the resulting crude mixture dried under vacuum. The above crude intermediate was transferred to a plastic vial in dioxane (1.2 5 mL) and an aqueous solution of hydrogen fluoride (50%, 300 pL) was added. After five hours, the reaction solution was diluted with an aqueous solution of K 2 HP0 4 (3.6 g in 30 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 30 mL). The combined organic layers were dried (NazSO 4 ), filtered, and concentrated to yield the crude product. Palladium on carbon (10%, 10 mg) was added to solution of the above crude 10 intermediate in dioxane:methanol (1:1, 1 mL). The flask was fitted with a septum and evacuated and back-filled three times with hydrogen gas. Hydrogen gas was bubbled through the reaction solution for two minutes, then the reaction was stirred under an atmosphere (balloon) of hydrogen gas for 1.5 h. The reaction mixture was filtered through celite to remove the palladium catalyst and concentrated under 15 reduced pressure. Preparative reverse phase HPLC purification of the resulting oil was performed on a Waters Autopurification system using a Polymerx 10 L RP-y 100 R column [30 x 21.20 mm, '10 micron, solvent A: 0.05N HCI in water, solvent B: CH 3 CN; injection volume: 4.8 mL (0.05N HCl in water); gradient elution with 10-+60% B over 15 min, then held at 100% for 5 min; mass-directed fraction 20 collection]. Fractions with the desired MW, eluting at 14-14.65 min, were collected and freeze-dried to yield 3.6 mng of compound 59 (15%): 'H NMR (400 MHz,

CD

3 0D) 5 8.71 (s, 1 H), 8.19 (d, J= 11.0 Hz, I H), 7.92-7.90 (m, I H), 7.72-7.57 (m, 2 H), 7/35-7.29 (in, 1 H), 5.65 (s, 2 H), 4.08 (s, I H), 3.16-2.92 (m, 9 H), 2.31 2.18 (in, 2 H), 1.67-1.60 (m, I H); MS (ESI) m/z 606.41 (M1). 25 Compound 60 F H30'NCH3 H H i N OH N NH 2 H OH0 OH O 60 To a solution of aniline 2-6 (22 mg, 0.030 mmol, 1 equiv) in THF (500 pL) was added bromoacetylbromide (2.7 gL, 0.031 mmol., 1.05 equiv). After 30 minutes, 30 pyrazole (36 mg, 0.53 mmol, 18 equiv) was added. After 20 min the reaction was - 76 heated to 80 *C for 1.5 h, cooled to room temperature for 15 h, then heated at 80 "C for 4.5 h. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the resulting crude mixture dried under vacuum. The above crude intermediate was transferred to a plastic vial in acetonitrile 5 (1.0 mL) and an aqueous solution of hydrogen fluoride (50%, 200 pL) was added. After 20 h, the reaction solution was diluted with an aqueous solution of K 2

HPO

4 (2.4 g in 20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 25 mL). The combined organic layers were dried (Na 2

SO

4 ), filtered, and concentrated to yield the crude product. Palladium on carbon (10%, 10 mg) was added to solution of the above crude 10 intermediate in dioxane:methanol (1:1, 1 niL). The flask was fitted with a septum and evacuated and back-filled three times with hydrogen gas. Hydrogen gas was bubbled through the reaction solution for two minutes and the reaction was stirred under an atmosphere (balloon) of hydrogen gas for 1.5 h. The reaction mixture was filtered through celite to remove the palladium catalyst and concentrated under 15 reduced pressure. Preparative reverse phase HPLC purification of the resulting oil was performed on a Waters Autopurification system using a Polymerx 10 g RP-y 100 R column [30 x 21.20 mm, 10 micron, solvent A: 0.05N HCI in water, solvent B: CH 3 CN; injection volume: 3.0 mL (10% CH 3 CN in 0,05N HCI in water); gradient elution with 1.0-+60% B over 10 min, then held at 100% for 5 min; mass 20 directed fraction collection]. Fractions with the desired MW, eluting at 8.8-10.2 min were collected and freeze-dried. The resulting yellow solid was purified a second time via preparative reverse phase HPLC purification using the above procedure with a gradient over 20 minutes, with the fractions with the desired MW eluting at 10.7-12.4 min were collected and freeze-dried to give 8.2 mg of pure 60 (50%): 'H 25 NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 5 8.19 (d, J= 11.0 Hz, 1 H), 8.05-7.92 (m, 2 I), 6.62 6.57 (in, I H), 5.33 (d, .J 4,9 Hz, 2 H), 4.08 (s, 1 H), 3.16-2,90 (m, 9 H), 2.31-2.17 (m, 2 H), 1.69-1.55 (m, I H); MS (ESI) m/z 556.42 (M+H). Compound 61 F H 3 C' NCH 3 0 OH1 N N

NH

2 H3 0 0 30 6 - 77 To a solution of aniline 2-6 (23 mg, 0.032 mmol, I equiv) in THF (500 [tL) was added bromoacetylbromide (2.9 L, 0.034 mmol, 1.05 equiv). After 30 minutes, imidazole (32 mg, 0.47 mmol, 15 equiv) was added and the solution was heated to 80 *C. After 2 h, the solution was cooled and the solvent was removed in vacuo. 5 The above crude intermediate was transferred to a plastic vial in dioxane (1.2 mL) and an aqueous solution of hydrogen fluoride (50%, 200 pL) was added. After 1.5 h, the reaction solution was diluted with an aqueous solution of K 2

HPO

4 (2.4 g in 30 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 25 mL). The combined organic layers were dried (Na 2

SO

4 ), filtered, and concentrated to yield the crude product, 10 Palladium on carbon (10%, 8 mg) was added to solution of the above crude intermediate in dioxane:methanol (1:1, 1 mL). The flask was fitted with a septum and evacuated and back-filled three times with hydrogen gas. Hydrogen gas was bubbled through the reaction solution and the reaction was stirred under an atmosphere (balloon) of hydrogen gas for 1.5 h. More palladium catalyst was added 15 and the evacuation and backfilling with hydrogen was performed twice more at 1.5 h and 5 h. The reaction mixture was filtered through celite to remove the palladium catalyst and concentrated under reduced pressure. Preparative reverse phase HPLC purification of the resulting oil was performed on a Waters Autopurification system using a Polymerx 10 g RP-y 100 R column [30 x 21.20 mm, 10 micron, solvent A: 20 0.05N HCI in water, solvent B: CH 3 C.N; injection volume: 2.8 mL (0.05N HCI in water); gradient elution with 10->60% B over 15 min, then held at 100% for 5 min; mass-directed fraction collection]. Fractions with the desired MW, eluting at 7.0-7.8 min were collected and freeze-dried to give 4.1 mg of pure 61 (23%): 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0:D) 8 9.02 (s, 1 H), 8.17 (d, J= 11.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.67 (s, 1 H), 7.61 (s, 1 25 H), 5.34 (s, 2 H), 4.09 (s, I H), 3,18-2.90 (m, 9 H), 2.34-21.7 (m, 2 H), 1.71-1.56 (m, 11-); MS (ESI) m/z 556.45 (M+H). Compound 62 F H3C,

CH

3 HH OH N

NH

2 OH O 62 - 78 To a solution of aniline 2-6 (20.2 mg, 0.027 mnol, I equiv) in TI-IF (500 pL) was added bromoacetylbromide (2.5 pL, 0.029 mmol, 1.05 equiv). After 30 minutes, lH-1,2,3-triazole (31 gL, 0.54 mmol, 20 equiv) was added and the solution was heated to 80 *C. After 17 h, an additional 31 pL (20 equiv) of IH-1,2,3-triazole was 5 added and the solution was heated for 22 h. The solution was cooled and the solvent was removed in vacuo. The above crude intermediate was transferred to a plastic vial in dioxane (10 mL) and an aqueous solution of hydrogen fluoride (50%, 200 pL) was added. After 17 h, the reaction solution was diluted with an aqueous solution of K 2

HPO

4 (2.4 g in 10 20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 25 mL). The combined organic layers were dried (Na2SQ4), filtered, and concentrated to yield the crude product. Palladium on carbon (10%, 7 mg) was added to solution of the above crude intermediate in dioxane:methanol (1:1, 1 mL). The flask was fitted with a septum and evacuated and back-filled three times with hydrogen gas. Hydrogen gas was 15 bubbled through the reaction solution and the reaction was stirred under an atmosphere (balloon) of hydrogen gas for 1.5 h. The reaction mixture was filtered through celite to remove the palladium catalyst and concentrated under reduced pressure. Preparative reverse phase HPLC purification of the resulting oil was performed on a Waters Autopurification system using a Polymerx 10 g RP-y 100 R 20 column [30 x 21.20 mm, 10 micron, solvent A: 0.05N HCI in water, solvent B:

CH

3 CN; injection volume: 2.5 mL (0.05N HC in water); gradient elution with 10-+60% B over 15 min, then held at 100% for 5 min; mass-directed fraction collection]. Fractions with the desired MW, eluting at 9.25-10.5 min were collected and freeze-dried. Purification was performed a second time as above and the 25 fractions with the desired MW, eluting at 9.75-10.25 min were collected and freeze dried to give 1.5 mg of pure 62 (10%): 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 8 8.24 (s, 1 H), 8.17 (d, 1= L0 Hz, 1 H), 8.00 (s, 1 H), 5.57 (s, 2 H), 4,09 (s, 1 H), 3.16-2.92 (m, 9 H), 2.34-2.16 (m, 2 H), 1.71-1.67 (in, I H); MS (ESI) rn/z 557.44 (M+H). 30 Compound 63 - 79 Hc, N cH3 N NHNH 2 #HO Wr? 63 To a solution of aniline 2-6 (16.7 mg, 0.023 mmol, 1 equiv) in THF (500 J) was added bromoacetylbromide (2.0 pL, 0.024 mmol, 1.05 equiv). After 20 minutes, a tetrazole solution (0.45M in CH 3 CN, 500 RL, 0.23 mmol, 10 equiv) was added and 5 the solution was heated to 80 *C. After 4 h, potassium carbonate (35 rmg, 0.25 mmol, 11 equiv) was added and the reaction heated for 35 minutes. The solution was cooled and filtered through celite, and the solvent was removed in vacuo. The above crude intermediate was transferred to a plastic vial in dioxane (1.0 mL) and an aqueous solution of hydrogen fluoride (50%, 200 RL) was added. After 10 18 h, the reaction solution was diluted with an aqueous solution of K 2

HPO

4 (2.4 g in 20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 25 mL). The combined organic layers were dried (Na 2

SO

4 ), filtered, and concentrated to yield the crude product. Palladium on carbon (10%, 7 mg) was added to solution of the above crude intermediate in dioxane: methanol (1:1, 1 mL). The flask was fitted with a septum 15 and evacuated and back-filled three times with hydrogen gas. Hydrogen gas was bubbled through the reaction solution and the reaction was stirred under an atmosphere (balloon) of hydrogen gas for 1. h. The reaction mixture was filtered through celite to remove the palladium catalyst and concentrated under reduced pressure. Preparative reverse phase HPLC purification of the resulting oil was 20 performed on a Waters Autopurification system using a Polymerx 10 p RP-y 100 R column [30 x 21.20 mm, 10 micron, solvent A: 0.05N HCl in water, solvent B:

CH

3 CN; injection volume: 2.5 mL (10% CH 3 CN in 0.05N HCI in water); gradient elation with 10--+60% B over 15 min, then held at 100% for 5 min; mass-directed fraction collection]. Fractions with the desired MW, eluting at 11.2-12.1 min were 25 collected and freeze-dried. Purification was performed a second time as above with the gradient extended over 20 min. Fractions with the desired MW, eluting at 13.7 14.5 mm were collected and freeze-dried to give 1.6 ng of pure 63 (13%): 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) S 8.78 (s, 1 H), 8.14 (d, J= 11.0 Hz, 1 H), 5.78 (s, 2 H), 4.07 (s, I H), 3.17-2.81 (m, 9 H), 2.36-2.16 (m, 2 H), 1.70-1.52 (m, 1 H); MS (ESI) n/z 30 558.43 (M+H).

- 80 Example 3. Synthesis of Compounds of Structural Formula (A), wherein X is hydrogen and Y is -NH-C(O)-heterocyclyl, -NH-C(O)-heteroaryl -NH-(0)-[C(R )(R")]o.rN(R^)(RB), -NH-C(0)-carbocyclyl, -NH-C(0)-aryl, 5 -NH-SO 2

-(CI-C

6 )alkyl, -NH-S0 2 -carbocyclyl, -NH-S0 2 -aryl,

-NHSO

2 -heterocyclyl or -NH-S0 2 -heteroaryl. Scheme 3 F

H

3 C -CH 3 I OH R, - N NH 2 OH 0 HO 0 (R = R'CO, R'NHCO, or R'30 2 ) SR'COOH/coupling reagent or R'COC or RNO or R'SO 2 CI F HC' CH 3 Cbz' H F H 3 C,. NH H H O H H O HATU/Et 3 N Rx H2N

NH

2 or: Cz z

NH

2 OH 0 HO O 0 OHOHO 0 3-2 jH 2 /Pd-C

H

3 C, -CH 3 H3C. -CH3 2RR NOAc) BH H HH2 OxR 0H O HO 0RYRZ H HOO 3-4 3-3 10 In Scheme 3, R' represents heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, carbocyclyl, aryl, (C

C

6 )alkyl, or -[(C(Re)(Re)]o.-N(RA)(RB); and R' represents hydrogen, (Ci-C)alkyl, -(Co-Cs)alkylene-carbocyclyl, -(Co-C 5 )alkylene-aryl, -(Co-Cs)alkylene-heteroaryl, or -(Co-C5)alkyl ene-heterocyclyl. For certain compounds made by Scheme 3 and described below, Rz is hydrogen and Rx and RY are taken together with the carbon 15 and nitrogen atoms to which they are bound to form an optionally substituted 4-7 membered saturated heterocyclyl. It will be readily apparent to those of skill in the art, however, that this Scheme 3 will also be useful to synthesize compounds where R-, R and Rz are R", RD and Re, respectively, as defined in structural formula (A). The following compounds were prepared according to Scheme 3. 20 - 81 Compound 64 F H3C'N'CH3 SNH2 64 To a solution of aniline 9 (17.0 mg, 0.038 mmol, 1 equiv) in DMF (200 pL) was added N-Benzyloxycarbonyl-L-proline acid chloride (1.0 M in toluene, 57 pL, 5 1.5 equiv). After 50 min the reaction mixture was diluted to 3 mL with 0.05 N HCI in H20 and filtered to remove any solids. Preparative reverse phase HPLC purification of the resulting solution was performed on a Waters Autopurification system using a Polymerx 10 .t RP-y 100 R column [30 x 21.20 mm, 10 micron, solvent A: 0.05N HCI in water, solvent B: CH 3 CN; injection volume: 3.5 mL (0.05N 10 HCI in water); gradient elution with 10->20% B over 25 min, then held at 100% for 5 min; mass-directed fraction collection]. Fractions with the desired MW, eluting at 27.1-28.4 min, were collected and freeze-dried. Palladium on carbon (10%, 10 mg) was added to a solution of the above intermediate in dioxane:MeOH (1:3, 2.3 mL). The flask was fitted with a septum 15 and evacuated and back-filled three times with hydrogen gas. The reaction solution was stirred under an atmosphere (balloon) of hydrogen gas for 1.7 h, then was filtered through celite to remove the palladium catalyst and concentrated under reduced pressure. Half of the resulting residue was purified via preparative reverse phase HPLC purification on a Waters Autopurification system using a Polymerx 20 10 . RP-y 100 R column [30 x 21.20 mm, 10 micron, solvent A: 0.05N HC in water, solvent B: CH 3 CN; injection volume: 1.8 mL (0.05 N HCI in water); gradient elution with 0-+3 5% B over 10 min, then held at 100% for 5 min; mass-directed fraction collection]. Fractions with the desired MW, eluting at 7.8-8.5 min, were collected and freeze-dried to yield 1.9 mg of compound 64 (30%): 'H NMR (400 25 MIz, CD 3 0D) 8 8.16 (d, J= 11.0 Hz, 1 H), 4.594.56 (m, I H), 4.10 (s, 1 11), 3.48 3.33 (in, 2 H), 3.18-2.95 (m, 9 H), 2.59-2.50 (m, I H), 2.34-2.05 (in, 5 H), 1.70-1.60 (m, 1 H); MS (ESI) m/z 545.38 (M+H), Compound 65 -82 F

H

3 C, CHI 0 OH HNH2 65 To a solution of aniline 9 (15.7 mg, 0.035 mmol, I equiv) in DMF (200 pL) was added N-Benzyloxycarbonyl-D-proline acid chloride (1.0 M in toluene, 53 pL, 1.5 equiv). After 50 min, the reaction was complete. The reaction mixture was 5 diluted to 3 mL with 0.05 N HCI in H 2 0 and filtered to remove any solids. Preparative reverse phase HPLC purification of the resulting solution was performed on a Waters Autopurification system using a Polymerx 1.0 [t RP-y 100 R column [30 x 21.20 mm, 10 micron, solvent A: 0.05 N HCI in water, solvent B: CH 3 CN; injection volume: 3.5 mL (0.05 N HCI in water); gradient elution with 15-+80% B 10 over 10 min, then held at 100% for 5 min; mass-directed fraction collection]. Fractions with the desired MW, eluting at 6.95-8.10 min, were collected and freeze dried. Palladium on carbon (10%, 15 mg) was added to a solution of the above intermediate in dioxane:MeOH (1:3, 2.3 mL). The flask was fitted with a septum 15 and evacuated and back-filled three times with hydrogen gas, and the reaction was stirred under an atmosphere (balloon) of hydrogen gas for 1.5 h. The reaction mixture was filtered through celite to remove the palladium catalyst and concentrated under reduced pressure. Half of the resulting residue was purified via preparative reverse phase HPLC purification on a Waters Autopurification system 20 using a Polymerx 10 pA RP-y 100 R column [30 x 21.20 mm, 10 micron, solvent A: 0.05 N HCI in water, solvent B: CH 3 CN; injection volume: 1.8 mL (0.05 N HCI in water); gradient elution with 0-+35% B over 10 min, then held at 100% for 5 min; mass-directed fraction collection]. Fractions with the desired MW, eluting at 8.35 8,85 min, were collected and freeze-dried to yield 0.93 mg of compound 65 (24%): 25 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 5 8.17 (d, J= 11.0 Hz, I H), 4,59-4.53 (m, I Hf), 4.09 (s, 1 H), 3.48-3.37 (m, 2 H), 3,1 8-2,90 (m, 9 H), 2.59-2.50 (n, l H), 2.34-2.05 (m, 5 H), I.70-1.59 (m, 1 H); MS (ESI) n/z 545.37 (M+H). Compound 66 - 83 H3C, ,H3

NH

2 66 The second half of crude 64 (0.01.2 mmol, 1.0 equiv) was dissolved in DMF (500 gL), and formaldehyde (37% aqueous solution, 5.3 pL, 0.072 mmol, 6 equiv), triethylamine (5.0 gL, 0.036 mmol, 3 equiv), and sodium triacetoxyborohydride (8.4 5 mg, 0.039 mmol, 3.2 equiv) were added sequentially. After 2 h, the reaction mixture was diluted to 1.8 mL with 0.05N HCI in H-20 and purified via preparative reverse phase HPLC on a Waters Autopurification system using a Polymerx 10 1 RP-Y 100 R column [30 x 21.20 mm, 10 micron, solvent A: 0.05 N HCI in water, solvent B:

CH

3 CN; injection volume: 1.8 mL (0.05 N HCl in water); gradient: 0-+30% B over 10 10 min; mass-directed fraction collection]. Fractions with the desired MW, eluting at 8.6-9.35 min, were collected and freeze-dried to provide a mixture of the desired compound and an over-formylated product. The resulting compound mixture was dissolved in 4 .N aqueous HCI solution (1.5 mL) and stirred for 50 h, then freeze dried to provide 1.0 mg of the desired compound 66 (15%) : 'H NMR (400 M-1z, 15 CD 3 OD) 8.17 (d, J= 10.4 Hz, I H), 4.36 (t, J= 8.6 Hz, I H), 4.08 (s, I H), 3.82 3.73 (m, I H), 3.20-2.90 (m, 12 H), 2.73-2.68 (m, I H), 2.35-2.10 (m, 5 H), 1.70 1.60 (n, I H); MS (,ESI) m/z 559.38 (M+H). Compound 67 F H3C,N-CH3 H q 0 ( .

OH Ha i NH2 20 67 The second half of crude 65 (0.007 imol, 1.0 equiv) was dissolved in DMF (500 [tL), and formaldehyde (37% aqueous solution, 3.1 VL, 0.042 mmol, 6 equiv) and TEA (3.0 tL, 0.021 mmol, 3 equiv), and sodium tiacetoxyborohydride (4 mg, 0.026 minol, 2.6 equiv) were added sequentially. After 2.2 h, the reaction mixture 25 was diluted to 1.8 mL with 0.05N HC in H 2 0 and purified via preparative reverse phase HPLC on a Waters Autopurification system using a using a Polymerx 10 p RP-y 100 R column [30 x 21.20 mm, 10 micron, solvent A: 0,05 N ICI in water, - 84 solvent B: CH 3 CN; injection volume: 2.0 mL (0.05 N HCI in water);; gradient: 0-+30% B over 10 min; mass-directed fraction collection]. Fractions with the desired MW, eluting at 8.9-9.6 min, were collected and freeze-dried to provide a mixture of the desired compound and an over-formylated product. The resulting 5 compound mixture was dissolved in 6 N aqueous HCI solution and stirred for 50 h, then freeze-dried to provide 1.5 mg of the desired compound 67 (38%): 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 8 8.17 (d, J= 10.4 Hz, 1 H), 4.45-4.34 (m, 1 H), 4.08 (s, 1. H), 3,84-3.74 (m, 1 H), 3.20-2.90 (m, 12 H), 2.79-2.65 (m, I H), 2.33-2.05 (n, 5 H), 1.70-1.58 (m, I H); MS (ESI) m/z 559.40 (M+H). 10 Comound 68 F H3C'N-CH3 0 ~O H H NH2 68 To a solution of (S)-(-)-1-Cbz-piperidinecarboxylic acid (34.2 mg, 0.13 mmol, 3 equiv), and (2-(7-aza-1H-benzotriazole-1-yl)-1,1,3,3-tetramethyluronium 15 hexafluoro-phosphate) (50.0 mg, 0.13 mol, 3 equiv) in DMF (200 utL) was added triethylamine (18 gL, 0.13 mnol, 3 equiv). After 30 min, aniline 9 (17.5 mg, 0.039 mnol, I equiv) was added, After 16 h, the reaction mixture was diluted to 3 mL with 0.05 N HCI in H 2 0 and purified via preparative reverse phase H{PLC on a Waters Autopurification system using a Polymerx 10 g RP-y 100 R column 20 [30 x 21.20 mm, 10 micron, solvent A: 0.05 N HCI in water, solvent B: CH 3 CN; injection volume: 3.5 mL (0.05 N HCI in water); gradient elution with 15-+70% B over 10 min, then held at 100% for 5 min.; mass-directed fraction collection]. Fractions with the desired MW, eluting at 9.07-10.0 min, were collected and freeze dried, Palladium on carbon (10%, 4 mg) was added to a solution of this foam in 25 dioxane:MeOH (1:3, 1.2 mL). The flask was fitted with a septum and evacuated and back-filled three times with hydrogen gas. The reaction mixture was stirred under an atmosphere (balloon) of hydrogen gas for 1.5 h, then was filtered through celite to remove the palladium catalyst and concentrated under reduced pressure. Preparative reverse phase HPLC purification of the resulting oil was performed on a Waters 30 Autopurification system using a Polymerx 10 R RP-y 100 R column - 85 [30 x 21.20 mm, 10 micron, solvent A: 0.05 N HCI in water, solvent B: CH 3 CN; injection volume: 2.0 mL (0.05 N HCI in water); gradient elation with 0-+35% B over 10 rmin, then held at 100% for 5 mn; mass-directed fraction collection]. Fractions with the desired MW, eluting at 8.15-8.58 mn, were collected and freeze 5 dried to yield 0.75 mug of compound 68 (4%): 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) 5 8.15 (d, J= 11.0 Hz, 1 H), 4.12-4.06 (m, 2 H), 3.48-3.40 (m, 2 H), 3.20-2.90 (m, 9 H), 2.36-2.18 (m, 3 1-1), 2.02-1.90 (m, 2 H), 1.82-1.60 (in, 4 H); MS (ESI) m/z 559.37 (M+H). 10 Compound 69 F H3C,N.CH3

H

0 7- OH

HNH

2 69 To a solution of (R)-(+)-l-Cbz-piperidinecarboxylic acid (35.0 mg, 0.13 mmol, 3 equiv), and (2-(7-aza-iH-benzotriazole-1-yl)-1,1,3,3-tetramethyluronium hexafluoro-phosphate) (50.0 mg, 0.13 mol, 3 equiv) in DMF (200 sL) was added 15 TEA (18 pL, 0.13 mmol, 3 equiv). After30 min, aniline9 (16.6 mg, 0.037 mmol, I equiv) was added. After 16 h, the reaction mixture was diluted to 3 mL with 0.05 N HC in H20 and purified via preparative reverse phase H-PLC on a Waters Autopurification system. using a Polymerx 10 RP-y [00 R column [30 x 21.20 mm, 10 micron, solvent A: 0.05 N HCI in water, solvent B: CH 3 CN; 20 injection volume: 3.5 mL (0.05 N HCL in water); gradient elution with 10-+50% B over 10 min, then held at 100% for 5 min; mass-directed fraction collection]. Fractions with the desired MW, elating at 12.1-12.9 min, were collected and freeze dried. Palladium on carbon (10%, 5 mg) was added to a solution of this foam in dioxane:MeOH (1:3, 800 pL). The flask was fitted with a septum and evacuated and 25 back-filled three times with hydrogen gas. The reaction mixture was stirred under an atmosphere (balloon) of hydrogen gas for 1.75 h, then. was filtered through celite to remove the palladium catalyst and concentrated under reduced pressure. Preparative reverse phase HPLC purification of the resulting oil was performed on a Waters Autopurification system using a Polymerx 10 p RP-y 100 R column 30 [30 x 21.20 mm, 10 micron, solvent A: 0.05 N HC! in water, solvent B: CH 3

CN;

- 86 injection volume: 2.0 mL (0.05 N HCL in water); gradient elution with 0--35% B over 10 min, then held at 100% for 5 min; mass-directed fraction collection]. Fractions with the desired MW, eluting at 8.75-9.16 min, were collected and freeze dried to yield 0.55 mg of compound 69 (3%): 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 8 8.16 5 (d, J = 11.0 Hz, 1 H), 4.13-4,06 (in, 2 H), 3.50-3.43 (m, 2 H), 3.20-2.90 (in, 9 H), 2,38-2.18 (in, 3 H), 2.04-1.88 (n, 2 H), 1.83-1.60 (m, 4 H); MS (ESI) m/z 559.38 (M+H). Compound 70 FN.-CH

SHNH

2 H HOH 0 0~ 1 o 10 70 To a solution of compound 68 (0.0138 mmol, I equiv) in DMF (750 pL), were added formaldehyde (37% aqueous solution, 6.2 VL, 0.083 mmol, 6 equiv), TEA (5.8 gL, 0.041 mmol, 3 equiv), and sodium triacetoxyborohydride (II mg, 0.051 mmol, 3.7 equiv) sequentially. After 17 h, the reaction mixture was 15 concentrated to remove amine and 6 N aqueous HC (500 piL) was added. After 19 days, the reaction solution was purified via preparative reverse phase HPLC on a Waters Autopurification system using a Polymerx 10 g RP-y 100 R column [30 x 21.20 mm, 10 micron, solvent A: 0.05 N HCl in water, solvent B: CH 3 CN; injection volume: 2.5 nL (0.05 N HC in water);gradient: 15- 50% B over 15 min; 20 mass-directed fraction collection]. Fractions with the desired MW, eluting at 5.75 6.2 min, were collected and freeze-dried to provide 2.4 mg of the desired compound 70 (31%): 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 8 8,16 (d, J= 11.0 Hz, 1 H), 4.08-4.04 (n, 1 H), 3.59-3.53 (m, I H), 3.20-3.10 (m, 5 H), 3.06-2.96 (in, 5 H), 2.90m (s, 3 H), 2.36-2,25 (m, 2 H), 2.11-2.05 (m, 1 H), 2.02-1.94 (m, 2 H), 1.90-1.74 (m, 2 H), 25 1,71-1,58 (m, 2 H); MS (ESI) m/z 573.33 (M+H). Compound 71 -87 HiC, ,CHI

HH

2 C.. OH ?N N NnH H

HHNH

2 F Compound 9 (20 mg, 0.045 mmol, 1.0 equiv) in THF was added Na 2

CO

3 (9.5 mg, 0.089 mmol, 2.0 equiv), (4R)-4-fluoro-l-methyl-L-proline (9.8 mg, 0.067 mmol, 1.5 equiv) and HATU (34.6 mg, 0,047 mmol, 2.0 equiv). The reaction 5 mixture was stirred at room temperature for 20 hour. LC-MS analysis indicated the starting material was consumed completely, HCI/MeOH (1 mL, 4 N) was added to the mixture at 0 "C and stirred for 2 min. The mixture was concentrated under vacuum, the residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC to afford product 71 (6.1 mg): 'H NMR (400 MIz, CD 3 0D) & 8.18 (d, .J= 10.8 Hz, 1 H), 5.51 (d, J= 51.6 10 Hz, I H), 4.76-4.72 (m, I H), 4.22-4.16 (m, 1 H), 4.10 (s, I H), 3.74-3.63 (in, 1 H), 3.21-2.97 (m, 14 H), 2.35-2.21 (m, 2 H), 1.69-160 (m, I H); MS (ESI) n/z 577.1 (M+H). Compounds 72 and 73 were prepared similarly to compound 71 using the 15 corresponding amino acids. Compound 72 F H3CN-CH

NH

2 72 Prepared similarly to compound 71: 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) 8 8.16 (d, 20 J= 10.8 Hz, I H), 5.48 (d, J= 51.2 Hz,1 H), 4.60-4.56 (m, I H), 4.11 (s, I H), 4.05 3.98 (m, I H), 3.67-3.54 (M, 1 H), 3.24-2.96 (m, 13 H1), 2.55-2.44 (m, 1 H), 2.34 2.22 (m, 2 H), 1.70-1.66 (m, 1 H); MS (ESI) m/z 577.1 (M+H). Compound 73 -88 F H0' NCH 3

H

3 0 0 "~ OH H H 'NH 2 \J'H H40 OHO 0 F F 7 Prepared similarly to compound 71: 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) 5 8.18 (d, J - 10.8 Hz, I H), 4.76-4.71 (m, I H), 4.17-4,12 (m, I H), 4.09 (s, 1 H), 3.96-3.86 (in, I H), 3.67-3.53 (m, I H), 3.55-3.53 (in, 1 H), 3.25-2.73 (in, 12 H), 2.33-2.19 (m, 5 2 H), 1.68-1.59 (in, I H); MS (ESI) m/z 595.3 (M+H), Compound 3-1-1 F HSC,NCH3 U H:= OH BocHN HN I - NH 2 LH40: OHO OF 3-1-1 1-(Bocanino)cyclopropanecarboxylic acid (67.4 mg, 0.335 mmol), 0-(7 10 azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N',N'-tetramethyluroniuim hexafluorophosphate (127 mg, 0.335 mmol), and triethylamine (0.078 mL, 0.56 mmol) were stirred in DMF (I mL) for 30 minutes. Compound 9 (50 mg, 0.112 mmol) was added. After stirring overnight, the reaction mixture was purified directly by preparative reverse phase HPLC purification on a Waters Autopurification system using a Polymerx 10 g RP-y 15 100 R column [30 x 21.20 mm, 10 micron, solvent A: 0.05N HCl, solvent B:

CH

3 CN, gradient elution with 0->50% B over 10 min; mass-directed fraction collection]. Fractions with the desired MW were collected and freeze-dried. The material was repurified by preparative reverse phase HPLC purification on a Waters Autopurification system using a Polymerx 10 RP-y 100 R column 20 [30 x 21.20 mm, 10 micron, solvent A: 0.05N HCI, solvent B: CH 3 CN, gradient elution with 0-100% B over 15 min; mass-directed fraction collection]. Fractions with the desired MW were collected and freeze-dried. This gave 42 mg of compound 3-1-1 (59%, -80% pure) which was used without further purification.: M.S (ESI) m/z 631.41 (M+H). 25 Compound 74 -89 F H3C' N''CH3 ~ .~ WOH

H

2 N2JN HNH 2 OH O W1- 0 74 Compound 3-1-1 (42 mg, 0.067 mmol, -80% pure) was stirred in 4M HCl in 1,4-dioxane (5 mL) overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and was purified by preparative reverse phase HPLC purification on a 5 Waters Autopurification system using a Polymerx 10 RP-y 100 R column [30 x 21.20 mm, 1.0 micron, solvent A: 0.05N HC, solvent B: CH 3 CN, gradient elution with 0->50% B over 10 min; mass-directed fraction collection]. Fractions with the desired MW were collected and freeze-dried. The material was dissolved in MeOH (1 mL), and the solution was added dropwise to vigorously stirring diethyl 10 ether (200 mL). The resulting solid was collected by filtration on a pad of Celite. This was washed with diethyl ether (3 times), and the solid was dissolved in MeOH and concentrated under reduced pressure. The material was freeze-dried, yielding 25.8 mg of compound 74: '11 NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD with 1 drop DCI) 8 8.00 (d, J= 7.0 Hz, 1 H), 4.05 (s, 1 H), 3.20-2.85 (m, 9 Fl), 2.36-2.06 (m, 2 H), 1.70-1.52 (m, 15 3 H), 1.35-1.22 (m, 2 H); MS (ESI) m/z 531.33 (M+H). Compound 75 F H3C, U C H3CI NH2 oH 0OFo 75 20 To a dichloromethane (5 nL) suspension of compound 9 (0.260 g, 0.50 mmol, 1.0 equiv) at rt was added triethylamine (0.139 mL, 1,00 mmol, 2.0 equiv). The reaction was stirred at rt until form a clear solution. Methylisocyanate (89.4 pLL, 1.50 mmol, 3.0 equiv) was added to the reaction mixture dropwise. The reaction was allowed to stir at 25 *C for I h. Additional methylisocyanate (45 ltL, 0.75 mmol, 1.5 25 equiv) was added and stirred overnight. LCMS indicate there are still starting material present. The solvent was removed under vacuum to give the crude 75. The crude product was purified by HPLC on a Polymerx 10 I RP-y 100 R column - 90 [30 x 21.20 mm, 10 micron, solvent A: 0.05 N HCI, solvent B: CH 3 CN, sample in 2.0 mL (0.05 N HCI), gradient elution with 15-65 % B over 15 min, mass-directed fraction collection] to yield the desired product 75 as a yellow solid (80 mg, 31.7 %): 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD30D) 8 8.12 (d, J= 11.4 Hz, 1 H), 4.07 (s, 1 H), 3.04 (s, 5 3 H), 2.96 (s, 3 H), 3.13 -2.93 (in, 3 H), 2.77 (s, 3 H), 2.27-2.15 (i, 2 H), 1.69-1.57 (m, 1 H); MS (ESI) m/z 505.41 (M+H{). Compound 76 FHaC,N'CH,

HNH

2 100 10 76 Compound 9 (20 mg, 0,045 mmol, 1.0 equiv) in THF was added Na 2

CO

3 (9.5 mg, 0.089 mnol, 2.0 equiv) and 0.1 mL benzoyl chloride solution (54 u L in I mL THF, 0.047 mmol, 1.05 equiv), The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1. hour. LC-MS analysis indicated the starting material was 15 consumed completely. HCI/MeOH (1 mL, 4 N) was added to the mixture at 0 C and stirred for 2 min. The mixture was concentrated under vacuum, the residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC to afford product 76 (5.5 ng): 'H NMR (400 MHz,

CD

3 OD) 5 8.23 (d, J = 10.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.97 (d, =J 7.6 Hz, 2 H), 7.66-7.54 (m, 3 H), 4.11 (s, 1 H), 3.21-2.90 (m, 9 H), 2.37-2.24 (m, 2 H), 1.72-1.66 (m, 1 H); MS (ESI) 20 m/z 552.1 (M+H). Compounds 77 - 83 were prepared similarly to compound 76 using the corresponding acid chlorides. 25 Compound 77 H3C, ,cH3 0 F H~,N H, F3C HNH2 77H 77 - 91 'HT NMR (400 MHz, C.D 3 0D) 6 8,25 (s, I H), 8.21 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 1 H), 8.14 (d, J= 10.4 Hz, I H), 7.92 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.76 (t, J= 8.0 Hz, I H), 4.08 (s, I H), 3.21-2.89 (m, 9 H), 2.35-2.22 (m, 2 H), 1.71-1.61 (m, 1 H); MS (ESI) m/z 620.1 (M+H). 5 Compound 78 F H3C NCH3

HHNH

2 78 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 8 8.10 (d,.1 = 10.8 liz, I H), 7.41-7.33 (m, 3 H), 7.09-7.07 (m, 1 H), 4.00 (s, 1 H), 3.78 (s, 3 H), 3.12-2.86 (m, 9 H), 2.23-2.13 10 (n, 2 H), 1.60-1.50 (m, 1 H); MS (ESI) m/z 582.1 (M+H). Compound 79 F H 3 0' NCH 3 OHOH

NH

2 79 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 5 8.12 (d, J= 10,8 Hz, 1 H), 7,89 (d, J= 3.2 15 Hz, I H), 7.78 (d, J= 4.8 liz, I H), 7.22 (t, J= 8.8 Hz, I H1), 4,10 (s, I H), 3.20 2.98 (m, 9 H), 2.36-2.20 (m, 2 H), 1.68-1.61 (m, 1 H); MS (ESI) r/z 558.1 (M+H). Compound 80 F H 3 C 'NCH 3 OH2 'Iji;HNH 2 80 20 'N NMR (400 MHz, CD30D) 5 9.34 (s, I H), 9.04-9.00 (m, 2 H), 8.20-8.15 (m, 2 H), 4,07 (s, I H), 3.27-2.94 (m, 9 H), 2.34-2.18 (i, 2 H), 1.68-1.59 (m, 1 H); MS (ESI) m/z 553.1 (M+H). Compound 81 - 92 H 3 C .CH 3 C HHNH N NH 2 81 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 8 8.13-8.06 (m, 2 H), 7.98 (d, J= 7.6 Hz, 1 H ), 7.77 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.67 (t, J= 8.0 Hz, 1 H), 4.01 (s, 1 H), 3.26 (s, 6 H), 3.14-2.83 (m, 9 H), 2.27-2.13 (m, 2 H), 1.64-1.52 (m, 1 H); MS (ESI) m/z 595.1 5 (M+H). Compound 82 F H3C'N.,CH3 O OH

H

3 'CN H OI O 2 CH, 82 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 8 8.08 (d, J= 10.8 Hz, I H), 7.98 (d, J= 8.4 10 Hz, 2 H), 7.49 (d,.J= 8.4 Hz, 2 H), 4.02 (s, I H), 3.19 (s, 6 H), 3.12-2.88 (m, 9 H), 2.24-2.13 (m, 2 H), 1.60-1.51 (m, I H); MS (ESI) m/z 595.1 (M4+H). Compound 83 F H,3C'N.CH3 H CH3H H NH 2 83 15 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) S 8.19-8.14 (m, 2 H), 8.05 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.91-7.89 (m, I H), 7.76-7.74 (m, I H),.4.12 (s, I H), 3.32 (s, 6 H), 3.21-2.96 (m, 9 H), 2.41-1.98 (m, 2 H), 1.72-1.59 (M, I H); MS (ESI) m/z 595.0 (M+H). Compound 84 F H3CN-CH3 0 ~, OH O N H 2 0OH 0 4 P 0 20 84 - 93 Compound 9 (20 mg, 0.045 mmol, 1.0 equiv) in THF was added DIEA (111.5 mg, 0.089 mmol, 2.0 equiv) and 2-thiophenesulfonyl chloride (12.2 mg, 0.067 mmol, 1.5 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 20 hour. LC-MS analysis indicated the starting material was consumed completely. 5 HCI/MeOH (I mL, 4 N) was added to the mixture at 0"C and stirred for 2 min, The mixture was concentrated under vacuum, the residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC to afford compound 84 (2.0 mg): 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 8 7.75 (dd, J = 5.2, 1 2 Iz, 1 H4), 7.59 (d, J= 2.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.52 (d, J= 10.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.09 (t, J= 4.4 Hz, 1 H), 4.07 (s, 1 H), 3.11-2.92 (m, 9 H), 2.30-2.18 (m, 2 H), 1.68-1.58 (m, I 10 H); MS (ESI) m/z 593.9 (M+H). Compounds 85 -87 were prepared similarly to compound 84 using the corresponding sulfonyl chlorides. 15 Compound 85 HC,N CH 3 O OH HsC - NH2 0 H OH 0 O 0 85 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 5 7.44 (d, J 10.0 Hz, I H), 4.10 (s, 1 H), 3.21-2.90 (m, 12 H.), 2.34-2.22 (m, 2 H), 1.67-1.61 (i, I H); MS (ESI) m/z 526.1 (M+H). 20 Compound 86 F H3C' CH3 0 OH HNH2 86 'H NMR (400 M-z, CD 3 0D) 5 7.82 (d, .J 7.6 Hz, 2 H), 7.58-7.46 (m, 4 1H), 4.07 (s, 1 11), 3.10-2.92 (in, 9 H), 2.35-2.25 (m, 2 H), 1.65-1.55 (m, 1 H); MS 25 (ESI) m/z 552.1 (M+H). Compound 87 -94 F H3C'N 'CH 3 H H C NH2 C,() s OHO 0 0-P oONH 87 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 5 7.72 (t, J= 5.6 Hz 1 H), 7.62 (d, J= 7.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.50 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, I H), 7.41-7.38 (m, 2 H1), 3.97 (s, I H), 3.03-2.82 (m, 9 H), 5 2.19-2.06 (m, 2 H), 1.53-1.50 (m, I H); MS (ESI) m/z 622.1 (M+H). Example 4. Synthesis of Compounds of Structural Formula (I), wherein X is hydrogen and Y is -NH-C(0)-heterocycly or -NH-C(O)-heteroaryl Scheme 4 10 F H 3 C' NCH, F H3C'N'CH3 H, H X4 couplingU 2RXIO + reagent RX 0 01 I N _ _ _ _ _ I H 2 N N r a 2 R .N 2' R'' BnO 0OHO 0 Bno:RR HB OH 50 OEf 2-6 OTBS Rz 4-1 OTBS depreotection when RCOCI 2 R is a protecting I I group F H3CN, CH3 F H3C' N'CH3 O N 0 0I R N (or 2R) H'- O N BnO 0 HO 0z OBn R BnO 0 HO 0 OBn 4-4 OTBS 4-2 OTBS 1) aq HF 1) aq HF 2) H 2 /Pd-C 2) H 2 /Pd-C F H3C'N'CH3 F H3C'NCH3 H H OH O OH 0 OH R0 O RA NH 2 (o2R) HN NH 2 OH O HO 0 RR OH HO O 4-5 4-3 In Scheme 4, R represents heteroaryl and R 2 is RA as defined in Structural Formula (A). For certain compounds made by Scheme 4 and described below, Rz is hydrogen and Rx and RY are taken together with the carbon and nitrogen atoms to 15 which they are respectively bound to form an optionally substituted 4-7 membered - 95 saturated heterocyclyl. It will be readily apparent to those of skill in the art, however, that this Scheme 4 will also be useful to synthesize compounds where Rx, RY and R7 are Re, R" and RE, respectively, as defined in structural formula (A). The following compounds were prepared according to Scheme 4. 5 Compound 88 F HC,..

CH

3 HN HN H2 H OH 0 O OH s To a suspension of 1-Fmoc-L-azetidine-2-carboxylic acid (135 mg, 0.42 mmol, 2.9 equiv), and (2-(7-aza- I H-benzotriazole- 1-yl)- 1,1,3,3 -tetramethyluroni um 10 hexafluoro-phosphate) (164 mg, 0.43 mol, 3 equiv) in THF (1.5 mL) was added triethylamine (60 iL, 0.43 mmol, 3 equiv). After 30 min, aniline 2-6 (106 mg, 0.14 mmol, I equiv) was added. After 18 h, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. Preparative reverse phase HPLC of the resulting oil was performed on a Waters Autopurification system using a Sunfire Prep C18 OBD 15 column [5 ym, 19 x 50 mm; flow rate, 20 mL/nin; Solvent A H20 with 0.1%

HCO

2 H4; Solvent B: CH 3 CN with 0.1% HCO 2 H; injection volume: 3 x 2.0 mL

(CH

3 CN); gradient: 80->100% B over 15 min; mass-directed fraction collection]. Fractions with the desired MW, eluting at 10.35-12.0 min, were collected and freeze-dried to provide 131 mg of a yellow powder. 20 To a solution of the above intermediate in CH 2 Cl 2 (2 mL) was added piperidine (500 pL). After 30 min, the reaction solution was poured into aqueous pH 7 phosphate buffer and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 20 mL). The combined organic layers were dried (Na 2

SO

4 ), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. 25 Purification of the resulting crude oil via flash column chromatography on silica gel (Silicycle, 5 g, 0 to 5 to 10 to 50 % EtOAc in hexane gradient) provided 47.6 mg of the intermediate. Half of the above intermediate (24 mg) was dissolved in acetonitrile (1 mL), 30 and an aqueous solution of HIF (50%, 200 pL) was added. After 18.5 h, the reaction - 96 solution was poured into an aqueous K 2 HP0 4 solution (2.5 g in 20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 25 mL). The combined organic layers were dried (Na 2

SO

4 ), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. 5 Palladium on carbon (10%, 12.5 mg) was added to a solution of the above intermediate in dioxane:MeOH (1:1, 1 mL). The flask was fitted with a septum and evacuated and back-filled three times with hydrogen gas. Hydrogen gas was bubbled through the reaction solution for three minutes, and the reaction mixture was stirred under an atmosphere (balloon) of hydrogen gas for 4.5 h. The reaction mixture was 10 filtered through celite to remove the palladium catalyst and concentrated under reduced pressure. Preparative reverse phase HPLC purification of the resulting oil was performed on a Waters Autopurification system using a Polymerx 10 p. RP-y 100 R column [30 x 21.20 mm, 10 micron, solvent A: 0,05N HCl in water, solvent B: CH3CN; injection volume: 3.0 mL (0.05N HCI in water); gradient elution 15 with 0-30% B over 10 min, then held at 100% for 5 min; mass-directed fraction collection], Fractions with the desired MW, eluting at 9.8-1 L25 min, were collected and freeze-dried. The resulting impure powder was purified via preparative reverse phase HPLC as above with gradient elution with 15-+50% B over 12 min, then held at 100% for 3 min; mass-directed fraction collection. Fractions with the desired 20 MW, eluting at 6.5-8,0 min, were collected and freeze-dried to yield 2.0 mg of compound 88 (5%): 'H NMR (400 MTfz, CD30D) 8 8.25 (d, J = 11.0 Hz, I HI), 5.29-5.24 (m., I H), 4,20-4.1 1 (m, :1 H), 4.09 (s, I H), 3.19-2.89 (n, 10 H), 2.69-2.56 (n, I H), 2.33-2.19 (m, 2 H), 1.68-1.56 (m, 1 H); MS (ESI) n/z 531.30 (M+H). 25 N-methyl-L-azetidine-2-carboxilic acid To a suspension of L-azetidine-2-carboxylic acid (290 mg, 2.87 mmol, I equiv) in MeOH (3.6 mL), was added aqueous formaldehyde solution (37%, 235 PL, 3.15 mmol, 1.1 equiv) and palladium on carbon (10%, 76 mg). The flask was fitted 30 with a septum and evacuated and back-filled three times with hydrogen gas. The reaction was stirred under an atmosphere (balloon) of hydrogen gas for 19 h, and was filtered through celite to remove the palladium catalyst. The resulting solution - 97 was concentrated under reduced pressure, concentrated from toluene three times and dried under vacuum to afford N-methyl-L-azetidine-2-carboxilic acid: 'H NMR (400 MIHz, CD 3 0D) 6 4.50 (t,,J= 9.5 Hz, 1 H), 3.96 (dt,.J= 4.3, 9.8 Hz, I H), 3.81 (q, J = 9.8 Iz, 1 H), 2.86 (s, 3 H), 2.71-2,60 (m, I H), 2.50-2.38 (in, I H). 5 Compound 4-1-1 F HNCnCH3 OTBS 4-1-1 OB To a suspension of aniline 2-6 (302 mg, 0,408 mmol, I equiv) and N-methyl L-azetidine-2-carboxilic acid (148 mg, 1.28 mmol, 3.1 equiv) in CH 2 C1 2 (6 mL) was 1.0 added O-(Benzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N',N'-tetramethyluroniun tetrafluoroborate (395 mg, 1.23 mmol, 3 equiv) and DIEA (285 1 L, 1.64 mmol, 4 equiv). After 16.5 h, the resulting orange solution was concentrated under reduced pressure and purified via preparative reverse phase HPLC on a Waters Autopurification system using a Sunfire Prep C18 OBD column [5 pim, 19 x 50 mm; flow rate, 20 ml.Jmin; Solvent 15 A: H 2 D with 0.1% HCO 2 H; Solvent B: CH 3 CN with 0.1% HCO 2 H; injection volume: 4 x 2.5-3.0 mL (CH3CN); gradient: 50--90% B over 15 min; mass-directed fraction collection]. Two sets of fractions with the desired MW, eluting at 4.6 6,5 min and 6.5-9.4 min, were collected separately and freeze-dried to provide 147 mg of 4-1-1 (43%): 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) 8 16.04 (s, I H), 1.0.10 (s, I H), 20 8.48 (d, J= 11.0 Hz, I H), 7.54-7.48 (m, 4 H.), 7.40-7.32 (in, 5 H), 5.36 (s, 2 H), 4.99 (d, J= 9,8 Hz, I H), 4.90 (d, J= 9.8 Hz, 1. H), 3.96 (d, J= 10.4 Hz, 11 ), 3.54 (t, J= 7.9 Hz, I H), 3.39-3.34 (m, I H), 3.25-3.19 (m, I H), 3.05-2.92 (m, 2 H), 2.58-2.36 (m, 10 H), 2.23-2.06 (m, 4 H), 0.81 (s, 9 H), 0.28 (s, 3 H), 0. 11 (s, 3 H); MS (ESI) m/z 837.37 (M+H). 25 Compound 89 F H3C. oJ H3 OH 3 NH 2 OH 0e HO n 89 - 98 To a solution of 4-1-1 (147 mg, 0.175 mmol, 1 equiv) in dioxane (3.5 mL) was added an aqueous solution of HF (50%, 750 pL). After 4 h, the reaction solution was poured into an aqueous K 2

HPO

4 solution (9 g in 90 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 50 mL). The combined organic layers were dried (Na 2

SO

4 ), filtered, and 5 concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 1284 ng of a crude yellow foam. The HF deprotection product (.144 mg, 0.199 mmol, I equiv) was dissolved in dioxane:MeOH (1:1, 4 mL), and palladium on carbon (10%, 43.5 mg) was added. The flask was fitted with a septum and evacuated and back-filled three times with 10 hydrogen gas. Hydrogen gas was bubbled through the reaction solution for three minutes, and the reaction mixture was stirred under an atmosphere (balloon) of hydrogen gas for 3.25 h. The reaction mixture was filtered through celite to remove the palladium catalyst and concentrated under reduced pressure. Preparative reverse phase HPLC of this oil was performed on a Waters Autopurification system using a 15 Polymerx 10 g RP-y 100 R column [30 x 21.20 mm, 10 micron, solvent A: 0.05 N HCI in water, solvent B: C.H 3 CN; injection volume: 2 x 3.2 mL (0,05 N HCI in water); gradient: 10-+35% B over 20 min; mass-directed fraction collection]. Fractions with the desired MW, eluting at 6.10-8.40 min and 6.9-9.4 min, respectively for each run, were combined. The pH of the solution at 0 *C was 20 adjusted (pH 1.8 to pH 7.4) via dropwise addition of 0.5 M aqueous NaOH. solution (approximately 7.8 mL) and careful monitoring with an electronic pH meter. The aqueous solution was extracted with CH 2

CI

2 (3 x 60 mL) and the combined organic layers were dried (Na 2

SO

4 ), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 79.7 mg of compound 89 as the free base (0.146 mmol, 73%). This yellow 25 solid was dissolved in MeOH (3 mL), and MeSO 3 H (19 pL, 0.292 mmol, 2 equiv) was added. The solution was concentrated under reduced pressure, dried under vacuum, and freeze-dried from water to provide 105 mg of 89 as the dimesylate salt 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 6 8.22 (d, J= 11.0 Hz, 1 H), 5.16 (t, J= 8.6 Hz, 1 H), 4.21-4.12 (m, I H), 4.09-4.02 (in, 2 H), 3,17-2.85 (m, 10 H), 2.68 (s, 6 H, mesylate 30 H), 2.64-2.59 (m, I H), 2.34-2.15 (m, 2 H), 1.70-1.58 (m, I H); MS (ESI) m/z 545,18 (M+H). General Propcedures for the Preparation of Compounds 90 - 94 - 99 To a solution of aniline 2-6 (1 equiv) in THF (0.05-0.09M) was added an acid chloride (3 equiv). The reaction solution was filtered through celite and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting oil was dissolved in dioxane (1 5 mL) and an aqueous solution of HF (50%, 200 pL) was added. Upon completion, the reaction was poured into an aqueous K 2

HPO

4 solution (2.6 g in 30 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 25 mL). The combined organic layers were dried (Na 2

SO

4 ), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. Palladium on carbon (10%) was added to a solution of this crude oil in dioxane:MeOl (1:1, 1 mL), The 10 flask was fitted with a septum and evacuated and back-filled three times with hydrogen gas, and then the solution was degassed with bubbling hydrogen for 2 minutes. The reaction was stirred under an atmosphere (balloon) of hydrogen gas for 2 h. The reaction mixture was filtered through celite to remove the palladium catalyst and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude products were purified 15 by preparative reverse phase HPLC. Compound 90 F

H

3 CI CHS U OH

NH

2 90 Prepared by above general procedure with the following reagents: aniline 2-6 20 (21.1 ng, 0.028 mmol, 1 equiv), picolinoyl chloride hydrochloride (15.8 mg, 0.088, 3 equiv), with triethylamine (11.7 pL, 0.084 mmol, 3 equiv), and 10% Pd-C (10 mg), provided a crude oil. Preparative reverse phase HPLC of the crude product was performed on a Waters Autopurification system using a Polymerx 10 P RP-y 100 R column [30 x 21.20 mm, 10 micron, solvent A: 0.05 N HCI in water, solvent B: 25 CH 3 CN; injection volume: 2.5 mL (0.05 N HCI in water); gradient: 10-+60% B over 20 min; mass-directed fraction collection]. Fractions with the desired MW, eluting at 14.8-16.4 min, were collected and freeze-dried to provide 5.8 mg of the desired compound 90 (37%): 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) S 8.73-8.69 (m, I H), 8.58-8,52 (m, 1 H), 8.27-8.21 (m, I H), 8.08-8.00 (mi, I H), 7.66-7.60 (m, I H), 4.09 (s, 1 H), - 100 3.29-2.92 (m, 9 H), 2.38-2.18 (m, 2 H), 1.72-1.60 (in, 1 H); MS (ESI) m/z 553.27 (M+[). Compound 91 F H 3 C'NCH Hy l H, HaCH N NH 5 91 Prepared by above general procedure with the following reagents: aniline 2-6 (31.0 mg, 0.042 mmol, I equiv), 1-methylpyrrole-2-carbonyl chloride (22 mg, 0.15 mmol, 3 equiv), and 10% Pd-C (10 ng). Preparative reverse phase HPLC of the crude product was performed on a Waters Autopurification system using a Polynerx 10 10 RP-y 100 R column [30 x 21.20 mm, 10 micron, solvent A: 0.05 N HCl in water, solvent B: CH 3 CN; injection volume: 2.0 mL (0.05 N HCI in water); gradient: 20-+70% B over 20 min; mass-directed fraction collection]. Fractions with the desired MW were collected and freeze-dried and repurified via the same system with the gradient: 10-+60% B over 20 mn. Fractions with the desired MW, eluting at 15 15.5-16.5 min, were collected and freeze-dried to provide 2.5 mg of the desired compound 91 (11%): 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 5 8.20 (d, .J = 11,6 Hz, 1 H), 6.98-6.86 (m, 2 H), 6.17-6.10 (m, 1 H), 4.08 (s, I H), 3.94 (s, 3 H), 3.19-2.90 (n, 9 H), 2.33-2.18 (m, 2 H), 1.80-1.56 (m, 1I H); MS (ESI) tn/z 555.32 (M+H). 20 Compound 92 F HC' N.-CH3 OH N

NH

2

H

3 C 92 Prepared by above general procedure with the following reagents: aniline 2-6 (31.0 mg, 0.042 mmol, 1 equiv), 5-methylisoxazole-3-carbonyl chloride (19.0 mg, 0.13 mmol, 3 equiv), and 10% Pd-C (10 mg). Preparative reverse phase HPLC of the 25 crude product was performed on a Waters Autopurification system using a Polymerx 10 p RP-y 1.00 R column [30 x 21.20 mm, 10 micron, solvent A: 0.05 N HCI in water, solvent B: CH 3 CN; injection volume: 2.8 mL (0.05 N HCI in water); gradient: - 101 10-+60% B over 20 min; mass-directed fraction collection]. Fractions with the desired MW, eluting at 14.5-15.5 min, were collected and freeze-dried to provide 4.0 mg of the desired compound 92 (17%): 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 8 8.32 (d, J= 11.0 Hz, 1 H), 6.59 (s, 1 H), 4.09 (s, 1 H), 3.19-2.90 (m, 9 H), 2.52 (s, 3 H), 2.34 5 2.18 (m, 2 H), 1.71-1.58 (in, 1 H); MS (ESI) rn/z 557.26 (M+H). Compound 93 F H3C'N-CH3 HO HN-- NH:, 93 Prepared by above general procedure with the following reagents: aniline 2-6 10 (30.0 mg, 0,041 mmol, I equiv), 1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonyl chloride (16.8 mg, 0.12 minol, 3 equiv), and 10% Pd-C (20 mg). Preparative reverse phase HPLC of the crude product was performed on a Waters Autopurification system using a Polymerx 10 pt RP-7 100 R column [30 x 21,20 mm, 10 micron, solvent A: 0.05 N HCI in water, solvent B: CH 3 CN; injection volume: 3,2 mL (0.05 N HCI in water); 15 gradient: 10-+60% B over 20 min; mass-directed fraction collection]. Fractions with the desired MW, eluting at 12.5-14.5 min, were collected and freeze-dried to provide .11.2 mg of the desired compound 93 (49%): 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 8 8.38 (d, J = 11.0 Hz, I H), 7.68 (s, 1 H), 6.82-6.76 (in, I H), 4.09 (s, I H), 3.99 (s, 3 H), 3.16-2.90 (m, 9 H), 2.31-2.16 (m, 2 H), 1.70-1.56 (in, 1 H); MS (ESI) m/z 556.31 20 (M+H).\ Compound 94 F

H

3 c. cH3 0 OH & N

NH

2 94 Prepared by above general procedure with the following reagents: aniline 2-6 25 (30.0 mg, 0.041 mmnol, I equiv), 1,3-thiazole-2-carbonyl chloride (17.8 mg, 0.12 mmol, 3 equiv), and 10% Pd-C (15 mg). Preparative reverse phase HPLC of the crude product was performed on a Waters Autopurification system using a Polymerx - 102- 10 [t RP-y 100 R column [30 x 21.20 mm, 10 micron, solvent A: 0.05 N HC in water, solvent B: CH 3 CN; injection volume: 3.2 mL (0.05 N HC in water); gradient: 1.0->60% B over 20 min; mass-directed fraction collection]. Fractions with the desired MW, eluting at 14,6-.17.0 min, were collected and freeze-dried to provide 5.4 5 mg of the desired compound 94 (23%): 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 8 8.38 (d, J= 11.0 Hz, I H), 8.02 (d, J = 3.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.95 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 4.09 (s, I H), 3.20-2.90 (in, 9 H), 2.34-2.17 (m, 2 H), 1.70-1.56 (m, I H); MS (ESI) n/z 559.23 (M+H). 10 Example 5. Synthesis of Compounds of Structural Formula (A), wherein Y is -N(R^)(RB), or -NH-SOr(CH2)rN(RA)(RB). Scheme 5 F H3C,N..CH3 F H 3 C0 .. CH 3 N , 1) aqHP H OH R 2)H 2 /Pd-C R H NH 2 HBnO 0 HOO OBn H OH 0 HO 0 O 6.1 OTBS 5-2 RCHO/HOa Na(OAc) 3 BH F HSC, N,.CHS 0 F H3C' N..CH H2N N BnO 0 HO o OBn BnO O HO O OBn 2-0 OTBS 5-5 OTBS IAr-X Pd cat. RURvN F HaC' H F HCN, CH3 A N R N Ar'. - R/ I ' BnO 0 HO O OBn RV O 0 HObO OBn 5.3 OTBS 5.6 OTBS 1) aq HF 1) aq HF 2) H /Pd-C 2) H 2 /Pd--C F HSC, CH3 F HC'N'CH3 H H: r N . OH N0 OH Ar, NH 2 R ' y NH2 5-4H 05 OH 0 ORV OHOHO 0' 5.4 5-7 - 103 In Scheme 5, R represents -(CI-C 6 )alkyl, -(Co-Cs)alkylene-carbocyclyl, -(Co-Cs)alkylene-aiyl, -(Co-C5)alkylene-heterocyclyl, -(Co-C)alkylene-heteroaryl, -(Cr-C 3 )alkylene-N(RA)(RB); Ar represents an aryl or aheteroaryl group; and Ru and R are R and Re, repectively, as defined in Structural Formula (B). 5 The following compounds were prepared according to Scheme 5. Compound 5-1-1 F H3C,.N',CH3 HH3CN H n~ BnO 0 HO iO OBn 5-1-1 OTBS Compound 2-6 (150 mg, 0.203 mmol, 1.0 equiv) was dissolved in 1,2 10 dichloroethane (3 mL). HOAc (58.1 pL, 1.01 mmol, 5 equiv.) and isovaleraldehyde (32.9 p.L, 0.304 mmol, 1.5 equiv) were added. The mixture was stirred for 1 h. Na(OAc) 3 BH (129 mg, 0.609 mmnol, 3.0 equiv) was added and the resulting mixture was stirred for another hour. The mixture was washed with H 2 0 (10 mL) and concentrated to give crude 5-1-1 (250 mg), which was used for the next step without 15 further purification: MS (ESI) in/z 810.59 (M+H1). Compound 95 F H3C,,N.,CHs

H

3 iOH

H

3 C N NH2 OH O O o 95 Aqueous HF (0.3 mL, 48-50%) was added to a CH3CN solution ('1.5 miL) of 20 5-1-1 (250 mg crude) in a plastic vial at 25 'C. The reaction was stirred at 25 *C for 18 hrs. The resulting mixture was poured into an aqueous solution (10 mL) of

K

2 1HPO4 (2 g). The solution was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 15 mL). The combined EtOAc extracts were dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to give the crude intermediate (155 mg). 25 10% Pd-C (20 mg) was added to a dioxane/MeOH solution (4 mL, 1:1) of the above crude intermediate. HCI/MeOH (0.5 mL, 0.5 N) was also added, The reaction mixture was stirred under H42 (balloon) at 25 *C for 2 hrs and filtered - 104 through a pad of Celite. The filtrate was concentrated to give the crude product 144 mg. The crude product was purified by HPLC on a Polymerx 10 pt RP-7 100 R column [30 x 21.20 mm, 10 micron, solvent A: 0.05 N HCI, solvent B: CH 3 CN, sample in 2.0 mL (0.05 N HCI), gradient elution with 10-100% B over 15 min, 5 mass-directed fraction collection] to yield the desired product 95 as a yellow solid (82 mg, 78 %, 2 steps): 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 8 7.44 (d, J= 9.2 Hz, 1 H), 4.12 (s, 1 H), 3.42-3.37 (m, 2 H), 3.05 (s, 3 H), 2.97 (s, 3 H), 3.21 -2.97 (n, 3 H), 2.39-2.30 (m, I H), 2,29-2.22 (m, I H), 1.79-1.59 (in, 4 H), 0.98 (d, J= 6.4 Hz, 6 H); MS (ESI) m/z 518.43 (M+H4). 10 Compounds 96 - 101 were prepared similarly to compound 95 using the corresponding aldehydes in the reductive alkylation step. Compound 96 F H3C'N CH3 HU H HaC

NNH

2 H OH O OO 986 15 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 5 7.39 (d,.J= 9.2 Hz, 1 H), 4.10 (s,1 HI), 3.34 (t, J= 7.8 Hz, 2 H), 3.04 (s, 3 H), 2.96 (s, 3 H), 3.21 -2,95 (m, 3 1), 2.35 (t, J= 13.7 Hz, I H), 2.27-2.20 (in, I H), 1.82-1.72 (in, 2 H), 1.71-1.60 (m, 1 H), 1.05 (t, .= 74 Hz, 3 1-1); MS (ESI) m/z 490.32 (M+H). 20 Compound 97 F

H

3 C..CH 3 OH H3Cy

NH

2

CH

3 OH 0 O 0 97 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) 5 7.34 (d, J 9.2 Hz, I H), 4.10 (s, 1 H), 3.34 (t, J 7.8 Hz, 2 H), 3.04 (s, 3 H), 2.96 (s, 3 H), 3.24 -2,95 (n, II H), 2.33 (t, J = 13.7 Hz, 1 H), 2.27-2.20 (in, 1 H), 2.11-1.98 (m, I H), 1.71-1.60 (m, 1 H), 1.08 (d, J 25 = 6.9 Hz, 6 H); MS (ESI) n/z 504.46 (M+H). Compound 98 - 105 F H3C.. NCH NH2 OVP 0 98 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 8 7.43 (d, .= 8.7:Hz, I H), 4.10 (s, 1 H), 3.34 (t, 1=7.8 Hz, 2 H), 3.04 (s, 3 H), 2.96 (s, 3 H), 3.28 -2.95 (m, I1 H), 2.41-2.31 (m, 1 H), 2.27-2.20 (m, 1 H), 2.11-1.98 (M, I H), 1.72-1.60 (m, 1 H), 1.20-1,11 (m, 1 5 H), 0.74-0.68 (m, 2 H), 0.43-0.38 (m, 2 H); MS (ESI) m/z 502.40 (M+H). Compound 99 F H3C'N'CH3 Cr H H H O OHNH 99 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 6 6.97-6.89 (n, 111), 4.07 (s, I H), 3.34 (t, J= 1.0 7.8 Hz, 2 H), 3.03 (s, 3 H), 2.95 (s, 3 H), 3.14-2.92 (n, II H), 2.30-2.15 (m, 2 H), 1.89-1.59 (m, 7 H), 1.38-1.20 (m, 3 H), 1.11-1.00 (m, 2 H); MS (ESI) /z 544.50 (M+H). Compound 100 F

H

3 C' NCH 3 G 0 W OH H NH 2

CH

2 OH O Of- O 15 100 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 8 6.83 (d, .J = 10,5 Hz, I H), 4.06 (s, I H), 3.34 (t, J= 7.8 Hz, 2 H), 3,03 (s, 3 H), 2.95 (s, 3 H), 3.11 -2.93 (m, 5 H), 2.27-2.14 (m, 2 H), 1.67-1.,57 (m, 1 H), 1.04 (s, 91H); MS (EST) ni/z 518.48 (M+H). 20 Compound 101 F H 3 CN CH 3 OH H3C' N NH2 CH, OH 0 o o 101 -106 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 8 7.46-7.42 (m, I H), 4.15 (s, I H), 3.33 (s, 6 H), 3.04 (s, 3 H), 2.96 (s, 3 H), 3.17 -2.95 (m, 3 H), 2.44-2.34 (m, 1 H), 2.29-2.22 (m, I H), 1.71-1.60 (m, 1 H); MS (ESI) m/z 476.29 (M+H). 5 Compound 102 F H3C,N'CH3 H H~ =OH

H

3 C

NH

2 HC CH3 OH 0oO o 102 Prepared similarly to 95 using tBuN(Cbz)CH 2 CHO: 'H NMR (400 MHz,

CD

3 0D) 6 6.72 (d, J= 11.0 Hz, 1 H), 4.07 (s, 1 H), 3.54-3.46 (n, 2 H), 3.26-3.19 (m, 2 H), 3.03 (s, 3 H), 2.95 (s, 3 H), 3.14-2.92 (m, 3 H), 2.23-2.14 (n, 2 H), 1.67 10 1.55 (m, 1 H), 1.38 (s, 9 H); MS (ESI) mn/z 547.51 (M+H). Compound 103 F H3C'N'CHs OH H2N

NH

2 H OHO OW o 103 Compound 103 was also isolated ftom the preparation of 102: 'H NMR (400 15 MHz, CD 3 0D) 6 6.71 (d, J= 11.0 Hz, 1 H), 4.07 (s, 1 H), 3.47 (t, J= 6.0 Hz, 2 H), 3.17 (t, J= 6.0 Hz, 2 H), 3.03 (s, 3 H), 2.95 (s, 3 H), 3.13-2.92 (m, 3 H), 2.23-2.12 (m, 2 H), 1.66-1.54 (m, 1 H); MS (ESI) m/z 491.42 (M+H). Compound 5-3-1 F HaC, N'CH3 CI M BnO 0 HO 0 OBn 20 5-.1 OTBS A vessel containing aniline 2-6 (18.2 mg, 0.024 mmol, 1 equiv), Pd 2 dba 3 (3.0 mg, 0.0033 mmol, 0.13 equiv), Xantphos (3.4 mg, 0.0059 nimol, 0.25 equiv), K 3 P0 4 (40 mg, 0.188 mol, 7.8 equiv) and 4,6-dichloropyrimidine (6.5 mg, 0.044 mmol, 1.8 equiv) was evacuated and back-filled with nitrogen gas three times. Dioxane 25 (500 pL) was added, and the reaction mixture stirred vigorously and heated at 80 "C -107 for 4.5 h. The reaction mixture was filtered through celite and concentrated under reduced pressure. Preparative reverse phase HPLC of the resulting yellow oil was performed on a Waters Autopurification system using a Sunfire Prep C18 OBD column [5 gim, 19 x 50 mm; flow rate, 20 mL/min; Solvent A: H20 with 0.1% 5 HCO 2 H; Solvent B: CH 3 CN with 0.1% HCO 2 H; injection volume: 1.8 mL

(CH

3 CN); gradient: 80-100% B over 15 min; mass-directed fraction collection]. Fractions with the desired MW, eluting at 9.2-9.8 min, were collected and freeze dried to provide 7.5 mg of compound 5-3-1 (37%). 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) 8 15.97 (s, I H), 8.48 (s, 1 H), 8.33 (d, J= 5.5 Hz, I H), 7.52-7.46 (m, 2 H), 7,40-7.28 10 (m, 8 H), 7.07 (s, I H), 6.11 (s, I H), 5.34 (s, 2 H), 4.97 (d, .J 11.6 Hz, 1 HO, 4.88 (d, .J= 11.0 Hz, I H), 3.95 (d, J= 10.4 Hz, I H), 3.28-3.19 (m, 1 H), 3.09-2.98 (m, I H), 2.61-2.54 (m, I H), 2.54-2.39 (m, 8 H), 2.16 (d, J= 14.6 Hz, I H), 0.83 (s, 9.H), 0.28 (s, 3 H), 0.14 (s, 3 If); MS (ESI) m/z 852.57 (M+H). 15 Compound 104 F H3C' CH HH OH

NH

2 OH0 0 O o 104 To a solution of 5-3-1 (7.5 mg, 0.0088 mmol, I equiv) in dioxane (1.4 mL) was added an aqueous solution of HF (50%, 200 pL). After 15.5 h, the reaction solution was poured into an aqueous K 2

HPO

4 solution (2.4 g in 20 mL) and 20 extracted with EtOAc (2 x 20 mL). The combined organic layers were dried (Na 2

SO

4 ), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. Palladium on carbon (10%, 10 mg) was added to a solution of this oil in dioxane:MeOH (1:1, 1 mL). The flask was fitted with a septum and evacuated and back-filled three times with hydrogen gas. Hydrogen gas was bubbled through the reaction solution for three 25 minutes, and the reaction mixture was stirred under an atmosphere (balloon) of hydrogen gas for 2.5 h. The reaction mixture was filtered through celite to remove the palladium catalyst and concentrated under reduced pressure. Preparative reverse phase HPLC purification of the resulting oil was performed on a Waters Autopurification system using a Polymerx 10 RP-y 100 R column 30 [30 x 21.20 mm, 10 micron, solvent A: 0.05 N HCI in water, solvent B: CH3CN; - 108 injection volume: 2.0 mL (0.05 N HCl in water); gradient elution with 10->50% B over 10 min, then held at 100% for 5 min; mass-directed fraction collection]. Fractions with the desired MW, eluting at 6.90-7.80 min, were collected and freeze dried to provide 2.2 mg of 104 (48%). 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 5 8.83 (s, I H), 5 8.37-8.25 (i, I H), 8.18-8.05 (m, I H), 7.30-7.20 (m, I H), 4.10 (s, I H), 3.20-2.90 (m, 9 H), 2.40-2.29 (m, I H), 2,27-2.19 (m, I H), 1.72-1.58 (m, I H); MS (ESI) ni 526.31 (M1+H). Compound 105 HC CH$ F H CY 0 H OHH N H '.. NH 2 10 105 To a solution of aniline 2-6 (30.0 mg, 0.041 mmol, I equiv) in .1,2 dichloroethane (500 pL) was added pyridine (16.3 pL, 0.20 mmol, 5 equiv) and 2 chloroethanesulfonyl chloride (21 gL, 0.20 mmol, 5 equiv). The reaction vessel was sealed and heated to 45 *C. After one hour, the reaction was a solid yellow gel, and 15 another 500 iL 1,2-dichloroethane was added to form a suspension and the reaction was sealed and heated to 45 *C. After 18.5 h pyrrolidine (68 [L, 0.82 mmol, 20 equiv) was added and the reaction heated to 45 *C for 2.5 hours. The solution was poured into aqueous pH 7 phosphate buffer (8 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 25 mL). The combined organic layers were dried (Na 2

SO

4 ), filtered, and 20 concentrated under reduced pressure. To a solution of this crude oil in CH 3 CN (1.8 mL) was added an aqueous solution of HF (50%, 300 [L). After 15 h, the reaction solution was poured into an aqueous K 2

BPO

4 solution (3.6 g in 30 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 15 mL). The combined organic layers were dried (Na 2

SO

4 ), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. Palladium on carbon 25 (10%, 8.4 mg) was added to a solution of this oil in dioxane:MeOH (1:1, 1.2 mL). The flask was fitted with a septum and evacuated and back-filled three times with hydrogen gas, and the reaction mixture was stirred under an atmosphere (balloon) of hydrogen gas for 1.5 h1. Another 10 mg palladium catalyst was added and the reaction was evacuated and back-filled with hydrogen gas as before, After 6 h, the 30 reaction mixture was filtered through celite to remove the palladium catalyst and - 109 concentrated under reduced pressure. Preparative reverse phase HPLC purification of the resulting oil was performed on a Waters Autopurification system using a Polymerx 10 [t RP-y 100 R column [30 x 21.20 mm, 10 micron, solvent A: 0.05 N .HCI in water, solvent B: CH 3 CN; injection volume; 3,5 nL (0.05 N HCI in water); 5 gradient elution with 0-100% B over 10 min, then held at 100% for 5 min; mass directed fraction collection]. Two sets of fractions with the desired MW, eluting at 6.3-7.1 min and 8.7-9.3 min, were collected separately and freeze-dried to provide 9.7 mg of crude compounds 105. Purification via preparative reverse phase HPLC with gradient elution with 20-70% B over 20 min; mass-directed fraction 10 collection] provided 3.3 mg of pure 105 (13%): 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) S 7.44 (d, J= 9.8 Hz, 1 H), 4.09 (s, 1 H), 3.79-3.65 (m, 4 H), 3.63-3.56 (m, 2 H), 3.18-2.90 (m, 11 H), 2.35-2,26 (m, I H), 2.26-2.10 (m, 3 H), 2.10-1.96 (m, 2 H), 1.69-1.59 (in, I H); MS (ESI) m/z 609.36 (M+H). 15 Compound 106 F H3C ,CH3 0 H OH N'O HNH2 O0H 0CO OF-P NH 106 Compound 106 (1.7 mg, 7%) was also isolated from the preparation of compound 105: 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) S 6.71 (d, J = 11.0 Hz, 1 H), 4.06 (s, 1 H), 3.67-3.60 (m, 2 H), 3.38-3.33 (n, 4 H), 3.09-2.90 (in, 9 H), 2.24-2.13 (m, 2 H), 20 1.95-1.91 (m, 5 H), 1.90-1.85 (m, I H), 1.68-L.55 (m, I H); MS (ESI) mi/ 609.36 (M-+H). Example 6. Synthesis of Compounds 107 and 108 Scheme 6 25 - 110 F F F

CH

3 HCHO N CH 3 B2O CHs

H

2 N CO 2 Ph H 2 /Pd-C 'H 3 C' O2Ph OBn OH BOG 00C 2-3 8-1 6-2 a) LDA/TMEDA b) enone F H CNC~ b F H3C'N CH3 HaC N aq HF 0N OH 0 HO OBn Boc 0, HO 0 OBn 6-4 6-3 OTBS

H

2 /Pd-C F 'N', H O F H3C'N..CH3 H H FHH H H OHOH

H

3 C'N NH 2 HTAU N.N NH 2 OH 0 HO 0 CH 3 0H 0 HO 0 107 108 The following compounds were prepared according to Scheme 6. 5 Compound 6-1 F HC'N

C

2 Ph H H 6-1 Compound 2-3 (5.0 g, 14.25 mmol, 1.0 equiv) in MeOH (20 mL) was added a aqueous solution of HCHO (2.3 g, 37%, 28.50 mmol, 2.0 equiv) and palladium on carbon (0.5 g, 10 wt%). The reaction was purged with hydrogen and stirred under H 2 10 (balloon) at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered through celite and concentrated to afford 1.3 g crude compound 6-1 as a yellow solid. Compound 6-2 - 111 F H , N C H 3 P Na CO 2 Ph Boc OBoc 6-2 To compound 6-1 (0.9 g, 3.27 rmnol, 1.0 equiv) in DCM was added Boc 2 O (2.14 g, 9.81 mmol, 3.0 equiv) dropwise. DMAP (135 mg, 15 wt%) was added to the mixture and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. Then the 5 reaction mixture was heated to reflux for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was concentrated. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluted with (PE:EA.= 200:1-100:1) to yield compound 6-2 (1.16 g, 73.4%) as a light yellow solid. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) 5 7.60 (d, J= 10.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.53-7.44 (m, 2 H), 7.36-7.31 (m, I H), 7.28-7.22 (m, 2 11), 3.06 (s, 3 H), 2.33 1.0 (d, J= 2.0 Hz, 3 H), 1.38 (s, 9 H), 1.34 (s, 9 H); MS (ESI) m 1 z 476.2 (M+H). Compound 6-3 F H3C, CH HNc N Boo 0, 0 HO 0 0Bn BOO6.3 OTBS To diisopropylamine (0,28 mL, 3.2 mmol, 10.0 equiv) in THF at -78 *C was 15 added nBuLi (0.8 mL, 2.50 M/hexane, 3.2 mmol, 10.0 equiv) and TMEDA (0.40 mL, 5.0 mmol, 10.0 equiv) at -78 C dropwise. The reaction was stirred at -78 C for 40 min. Compound 6-2 (480 mg, [.0 mmol, 3.0 equiv) in THF was added to the reaction mixture dropwise at -78 C. The resulting deep-red solution was stirred at -78 'C 60 min, the enone (160 mg 0.33 mmol, 1.0 equiv) in THF was added to the 20 mixture dropwise at -78 C. The deep-red solution was gradually warmed up with stirring from -78 C to -20 *C over a period of 1 h. The resulting orange solution was brought to 0 0 C, and quenched with aqueous saturated ammonium chloride (100 mL). The yellow-green mixture was extracted with EtOAc two times. The combined EtOAc extracts were dried (Na 2

SO

4 ) and concentrated to yield the crude product. 25 Flash column chromatography on silica gel with 0%, 5%, 1.0%, EtOAc/hexane sequentially yielded the desired product 6-3 as a light-yellow solid (42 mg, 14.8%). 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) 8 15.70 (s, 1 H), 7.52-7.50 (in, 2 1), 7.42-7.33 (m, 3 H), 7.16 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 5.37 (s, 2 H), 3.95 (d, J= 10.8 Hz, 1. H), 3.28-3.23 (m, -112 1 H), 3.14 (s, 3 H), 3.10-3.05 (in, I H), 2.58-2.47 (m, 9 H), 2.16 (d, J= 14.0 Hz, 1 H), 1.53 (s, 9 H), 1.42 (s, 9 H), 0.89 (s, 9 H), 0.29 (s, 3 H), 0,15 (s, 3 H); MS (ESI) m/z 864.43 (M+H). 5 Compound 107 F H3CN.,CH3 H H

H

3 C OO H NH 2 0H O H o 0 107 Compound 6-3 (120 mg, 0. 14 minmol) was dissolved in THF (5 mL) and aqueous HF (40%, 2 mL) was added dropwise. The yellow solution was stirred at room temperature overnight. The resulting deep-red solution was slowly added into 10 an aqueous K 2

HPO

4 solution with stirring. The pH of the mixture was adjusted by aqueous K 2

HPO

4 solution to about 8. The yellow mixture was extracted with EtOAc two times. The combined EtOAc extracts were dried (Na 2

SO

4 ) and concentrated to yield the crude product. The above crude compound (120 mg, crude, -0.14 mmol, .1.0 equiv) was 15 dissolved in HPLC grade MeOH(10 rnL) and 10% Pd-C (25 mg, 0.03 mmol, 0.2 equiv) were added. The mixture was purged with hydrogen by bubbling hydrogen through with gentle stirring for 5 min. The reaction was then vigorously stirred under hydrogen balloon at room temperature for 2 hr. LC-MS analysis indicated the reaction completed. The catalyst was filtered off and the mixture was concentrated, 20 the residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC to afford the desired compound 107 (50 mg, 78%) as a yellow solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 5 7.462 (d, .J= 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 4.14 (s, 1 H), 3.21-2.93 (m, 9 H), 3. 10 (s, 3 H), 2.38-2.25 (in, 2 H), 1.68 1.62 (m, I H); MS (ESI) m/z 462.2 (M+H). 25 Compound 108 F H3C,,N .CH3 H H 0 OH N NH 2 CHs OH 0 HO O lag - 113 Compound 107 (15 mg, 0.033 mmol, 1,0 equiv) in THF (2 mL) was added with pyrrolidin-1-yl-acetic acid (10.2 mg, 0.066 mmol, 2.0 equiv), Na 2

CO

3 (10.2 mg, 0.066 mmol, 2.0 equiv) and HATU (25.5 mg, 0.066 mmol, 2.0 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 48 hours. LC-MS analysis 5 indicated the reaction completed. The reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuum, the crude product was purified by reverse phase HPLC to afford the desired compound 108 (2.1 mg) as a yellow solid. 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD30D) 8 7.44-7.40 (m, 1 H), 4.02-3.97 (m, 2 H), 3.83-3.76 (m, 1 H), 3.60-3.58 (m, 2 H), 3.15 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 311), 3.03-2.83 (m, 11 H), 2.31-2.13 (m, 2 H), 2.03-1.85 (n, 4 H), 1.61-1.52 (m, 10 1 H); MS (ESI) n/z 572.9 (M+H). Example 7. Synthesis of Compounds 109-112 Scheme 7 0 0 1) CH 3 1/K 2 C0 3 0 0 0 0 BnO OH 2) Boc 2 O/DMAP BnOOCH3 DIBAL-H BnO ... OH nO I OCH 3 - BnO 'H NHBoo NBc 2 78C 7-1 7-2 7 anililne 9 Na(OAc) 3 BH H C,N H, F H 3 C, CH 3 H Hi OHH Hi O O H 2 /Pd-C 0 OH HONN H 2 BnOAN NH 2 NHBoc OH 0 HO O NHBoc OH 0 HO 0 0 7-6 7-4 HATV Na 2

CC

3 H3C'N'CH3 F H 3 C 'NCH 3 F N S OH H H OH OH 4NHC O Idioxanel BocHN,N NH 2 dioxael .H2N, N NH 2 0 0 OH O HO O OH O HO 0 7-6 109 R'CHOllnCI3 Na(OAc)3BH HC0 OH F HN H (orR)H o N,' NNH 2 (R R'CH 2 ) OH 0 HO O 7-7 15 -114 The following compounds were prepared according to Scheme 7. Compound 7-2 BnO -j OCH, NBoc2 7-2 5 To Boc-L-glutamic acid-l-benzyl ester (7-1) (3.00 g, 8.89 mmol, 1.0 eq) in DMF (20 mL) at rt was added potassium carbonate (1.84 g, 13.33 mmol, 1.5 eq) and methyl iodide (0.67 mL, 10.74 mmol, 1.2 eq). The mixture was diluted with EtOAc (200 mL), washed with water (200 mL), saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (100 mL x 2), and brine (100 mL x 1). The EtOAc solution was dried over sodium sulfate 10 and concentrated in vacuo: Re 0.33 (20% EtOAc/hexane). Boc 2 O (2.91 g, 13,33 mmol, 1.5 eq), DMAP (54 mg, 0.44 mmol, 0,05 eq), and DIEA (3.10 mL, 17.80 mmol, 2 eq) were added to the above intermediate in acetonitrile (20 mL). The solution was stirred at rt for 60 hrs, added with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (100 mL), and extracted with EtOAc (100 mL x 1, 50 15 mL x 2). The EtOAc extracts were combined, dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated in vacuo to yield the desired product 7-2 as a pale liquid (quantitative): Rf 0.45 (20% EtOAc/hexane); 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) 6 7.25-7.35 (m, 5 H), 5.14 (s, 2 H), 4.95 (dd, J= 4.9, 9.8 Hz, I H), 3,65 (s, 3 H), 2.43-2.52 (in, I H), 2.37 2.42 (m, 2 H), 2.1.5-2.25 (in, 1 H), 1.42 (s, 18 H); MS (ESI) m/z 452.3 (M+H). 20 Compound 7-3 BnflO H NBo 2 7-3 To compound 7-2 (8.89 mmol, I eq) in anhydrous diethyl ether (40 ml) at 78 *C was added DIBAL-H (12.33 mL, I M/hexane, 12.33 mmol, 1.25 eq) 25 dropwise. The reaction was stirred at -78 "C for 2 hrs. Additional DIBAL-H (1.20 mL, 1 M/hexane, 1.20 mmol) was added. The reaction was stirred at -78 "C for another 1 hr and quenched with HOAc (2.80 mL) at -78 "C. The reaction was warmed to rt and added with 10% aqueous sodium carbonate (75 mL). The mixture was stirred for 15 min and extracted with methylene chloride (200 mL x 1, 50 mL x 30 2). The methylene chloride extracts were combined, dried over sodium sulfate, and -115 concentrated in vacuo to yield the desired product 7-3 (quantitative): Rf 0.40 (20% EtOAc/hexane); 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDC 3 ) 8 9.75 (s, I H), 7.25-7.35 (m, 5 H), 5.14 (s, 2 H), 4.87-4.92 (m, 1 H), 2.45-2.65 (m, 3 H), 2.12-2.22 (m, '1 H), 1.42 (s, 18 H); MS (ESI) m/z 422.3 (M+H). 5 Compound 7-5 F

H

3 C'N..CH3 H Hi O OO HOA N NH 2 HO NHBoo OQHO O 7-5 To aniline 9 (90 mg, 0.20 mmol, bis-HCl salt, I eq) in anhydrous DMF (2 mL) was added aldehyde 7-3 (101 mg, 0.24 mmol, 1.2 eq), triethylamine (0.028 mL, 10 0.20 mmol, I eq), and Na(OAc) 3 BH (64 mg, 0.30 mmol, 1.5 eq). The solution was stirred at rt for 1 hr and added slowly into diethyl ether (50 mL) with rapid stirring. The yellow solid was collected, washed with more diethyl ether (5 mL x 3), and dried under vacuum to afford the intermediate 7-4. Intermediate 7-4 was dissolved in dioxane/methanol (5 mL, 1:4 v/v, 15 containing 0.1 N HCI). 10% Pd-C (85 mg, 0.04 mmol, 0.2 eq) was added, The mixture was purged with hydrogen and stirred under I atm hydrogen at rt for 1 hr. The catalyst was filtered with a small Celite pad and washed with methanol (2 mL x 3). The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC using methanol and 0.05 N HCI/water as mobile 20 phases. Free-drying yielded mostly the Boc-deprotected product as a brown solid (25 mg, 22%, 2 steps), which was re-protected by treatment with Boc20 (11 mg, 0.050 nmol, 1.1 eq) and DIEA (0.039 mL, 0.22 mmol, 5 eq) in THF/water (5 mL, 1:1 v/v) at rt for 1 hr. Concentration yielded the desired product 7-5 as a yellow solid: MS (ESI) m/z 663.2 (M+H), which was used directly in the subsequent steps 25 without further purification. Compound 7-6 -116 F

H

3 C ,CH 3 O FOH H H: Bo HN,,, OH N .

NH

2 OH 0 HO O0 7-6 To a suspension of compound 7-5 (0,044 mmol, 1 eq) and sodium carbonate (7 mg, 0.066 mmol, 1.5 eq) in THF at rt was added HATU (20 mg, 0.053 mmol, 1.2 eq). The mixture was rapidly stirred at rt for 2 hrs. Methanol (5 mL) was added. The 5 solids were filtered off. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to yield crude 7-6 as a yellow solid: MS (ESI) m/z 645.1 (M+H). Compound 109 F H3C'N.CH3 O OH H2N'' NNH 2 SOH 0 HO0 0 109 10 Compound 7-6 (0.044 mmol) was treated with 4 N HCI/dioxane (5 mL) at rt for overnight and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was re-dissolved in methanol (1 mL) and added dropwise into diethyl ether (50 mL) with rapid stirring. The yellow precipitates were collected, washed with more diethyl ether (5 mL x 3), and dried under vacuo to afford crude 109 as a brown solid. 15 One fifth of the above crude product was purified by reverse phase HPLC to yield pure 109 as a yellow solid (1.5 mg, 31%): 'H NMR (400 Mz, CD 3 OD) 6 7,36 (d, 9.2 Hz, 1 H), 4.09-4.15 (m, I H), 4.08 (s, I H), 3.70-3.80 (m, 1 H), 3.58-3.68 (m, .1 H), 2.90-3.50 (m, 12 H), 2.30-2.45 (m, 2 H), 2.10-2.25 (m, 3 H), 1.95-2.10 (m, I H), 1.58-1.70 (m, 1 H); MS (ESI) m/z 545.1 (M+H). 20 Compound 110 F H 3 C' NH H HO

CH

3 O HC' N'' N NH 2 K) OH 0 HO% O 110 To 2/5 of crude 109 (0.018 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF (1 rnL) was added aqueous formaldehyde (0.007 mL, 36.5%/water, 0.094 mmol, 5 eq), InCI 3 (0.4 mg, 0.002 -117 mmol, 0.1 eq), and Na(OAc)3BH (15 ng, 0.071 mmol, 4 eq). The reaction was stirred at rt for 2 hrs and quenched with 0.5 N HCl/methanol (I mL). The solution was added dropwise into diethyl ether (100 mL) with rapid stirring. The precipitates were collected, washed with more diethyl ether (2 mL x 4), and purified by reverse 5 phase HPLC to afford the desired compound 110 as a yellow solid (1.8 mg, 18%): 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 5 7.7.44 (d, J= 9.1 Hz, 1 H), 4.37 (dd, J= 6.1, 11.6 Hz, 1 H), 4.09 (s, I R), 3.60-3.75 (m, 2 H), 2.92-3.50 (in, 15 H), 2.86 (s, 3 H), 2.10 2.50 (in, 6 H), 1.60-1.72 (in, I H); MS (ESI) m 1 z 573.3 (M+H). 10 Compound 111 F

H

3 C.'N-

CH

3 H H o 0 OH -N O1H NH 2 OH 0 HO 0 0 111 To 2/5 of crude 109 (0.018 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF (1 mL) was added cyclopropanecarboxaldehyde (1.4 pL, 0.018 mmol, I eq), InCI 3 (0.4 mg, 0.002 mmol, 0.1 eq), and Na(OAc) 3 BH (6 mg, 0.028 mmol, 1.5 eq). The reaction was 15 stirred at rt for overnight and quenched with 0.5 N HCI/methanol (.1 mL). The solution was added dropwise into diethyl ether (100 mL) with rapid stirring. The precipitates were collected, washed with more diethyl ether (2 mL x 4), and purified by reverse phase HPLC to afford the desired compound 111 as a yellow solid (1.3 mg, 12%): 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 8 7,38 (d, = 9.2 Hz, 1. H), 4.22 (dd, i1= 20 6.1, 11.6 Hz, 1 M), 4,09 (d, I H), 3.60-3.78 (m, 2 H), 2.85-3.50 (in, 12 H), 2.00-2.50 (m, 6 H), 1.60-1.72 (in, 1 H), 1.1.0-1.20 (m, 1 H), 0.70-0.75 (m, 2 H), 0,40-0.50 (m, 2 H); MS (EST) m/z 599.4 (M+H). Compound 112 F H3C, CH3 F N IHNH 2 25 112 Dialkylated product 112 was also isolated from the preparation of compound Ill (1.0 mg, yellow solid, 9%): 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 5 7.42 (d, J= 9,2 Hz, - 118 1 H), 4.70-4.80 (m, I H), 4.09 (s, 1 H1), 3.55-3.80 (m, 3 H), 2.95-3.50 (M, 13 H), 2.10-2.50 (m, 6 H), 1.55-1.75 (m, 1 H), 1.20-1.30 (i, 2 H), 0.68-0.90 (m, 4 H), 0.38-0.58(m, 4 I); MS (ESI) m/z 653.3 (M+H). 5 Example 8. Synthesis of Compounds of Structrual Formula (A), wherein Y is -(Cr-C 4 )alkylene-N(RA)(RB), or -(C-C 4 )alkylene-N (RF)-C(O)-[C(RD)(RE)Io 4 N(RA)(Rn), Scheme 8 F H 3

CN-CH

3 F H3C NCH3 HH OH OH (orR) H

NH

2 RN - NH 2 OH O HO 0 OH D HO 0 7 841 CHaISO 3 H RCHO HOCH2NCO2Bn F H3C'N'CH3 Na(OAc)3BH

H

2 N NH 2 OH 0 HO O 0 113 RCOI RNCO F H 3 'N'C F H 3 C -CH 3 N OH OH I H~~ RW NH 2 R'N NH 2 Y Y o OH O HO OH O HO O 10 8-3 3-2 In Scheme 8, R and R' is RB and RA, respectively, as defined in Structural Formula (A) and R' represents -[C(RD)(RE)]..4-N(RA)(R8). The following compounds were prepared according to Scheme 8. 15 Compound 113 F H30,N'CH3 H H H

H

2 N NH 2 0 0 OH H 113 Benzyl N-(hydroxymethyl)carbanate (92 mg, 0.51 mmol, 2.0 equiv) was added to a TFA/CH 3

SO

3 H (1 mL/1 mL) solution of compound 7 (110 mg, -119 0.25 mmol) at 25 0 C. The reaction was stirred at 25 *C for 30 min. Preparative reverse phase HPLC purification on a Waters Autopurification system using a Phenomenex Polymerx 10 [tRP-1 1OA column [10 ptm, 150 x 21.20 mm; flow rate, 20 mL/min; Solvent A: 0.05 N HC; Solvent B: CH 3 CN; injection volume: 4,0 mL 5 (0.05 N HCI/water); gradient: 0-+30% B over 20 min; mass-directed fraction collection]. Fractions with the desired MW were collected and freeze-dried to yield 23 mg of pure 113: 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 8 7.47 (d, J= 9,2 Hz, I .H, 4.16 (s, 2 H), 4.13 (s, I H), 3.21-2.94 (in, 3 H), 3.06 (s, 3 H), 2,97 (s, 3), 2.37-2.22 (m, 2 H), 1.70-1.58 (in, I H); MS (ESI) m/z 462.26 (M+H). 10 Compoound 114 F HC, N, CH, H H: HC~j CH OH N

NH

2 OH O HO 0 114 Et 3 N (2 LL, 0.0136 mmol, 2.0 equiv) was added to a mixture of 113 (3 mg, 0.0065 mmol) and pivaldehyde (0.8 [t.L, 0.00715 mmol, 1.1 equiv) in DMF (0,1 mL) 15 at 25 'C. The reaction was stirred at 25 'C for 15 min, NaBH(OAc) 3 (3 mg, 0.013 mmol) and HOAc (2 [tL) was added to the resulting mixture. The reaction was stirred at 25 0 C for 1 h. Preparative reverse phase HPLC purification on a Waters Autopurification system using aPhenomenex Polymerx 10 [t RP-1 100A column [10 tm, 150 x 21.20 mm; flow rate, 20 mL/min; Solvent A: 0.05 N HCI; Solvent B: 20 CH 3 CN; injection volume: 4.0 mL (0.05 N HCI/water); gradient: 0-+100% B over 15 min; mass-directed fraction collection]. Fractions with the desired MW were collected and freeze-dried to yield 1 mg of 114: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD30D) 8 7.52 (d, J= 9.1 Hz, 1 H), 4.30 (s, 2 H), 4.09 (s, 1 H), 3.23-2.93 (m, 5 1), 3.04 (s, 3 H), 2.95 (s, 3 H), 2.40-2.19 (m, 2 H), 1.71-1.60 (m, 1 1-1), 1.05 (s, 9 H); MS (ESI) m/z 25 532.27 (M+H). Compounds 115 - 118 were prepared similarly to compound 1.1.4 using the corresponding aldehydes. 30 Compound 115 -120 F H3C'N, H3 H H OHNH HO Is.. NH 2 OH O HO OH 0 118 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) 6 7.51 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 4.25 (s, 2 H), 4.10 (s, 1 H), 3.25-2.90 (m, 5 H), 3.05 (s, 3 H), 2.96 (s, 3 H), 2,40-2.21 (i, 2 H), 1.90 1.60 (m, 7 H), 1.42-0.95 (m, 5 H); MS (EST) m/z 558.31 (M+H4). 5 Compound 116 H3C, CH3 H H O N OH HI H3C N

NH

2 OH O HO 0 116 'HNMR (400 MTHz, CD 3 0D) 5 7.50 (d, .J= 9.0 Hz, I H), 4.24 (s, 2 H), 4.09 (s, I H), 3.25-2.90 (m, 5 H), 3.07 (s, 3 If), 2.94 (s, 3 H), 2,40-2.21 (i, 2 H), 1.82 10 1.58 (m, 3 H), 1.01 (t, J= 6.7 Hz, 3 H), MS (ESI) m/z 504.22 (M+H). Compound 117 F H 3 C' NCH3 H Hy N OH

H

3 C

NH

2 Y 0

CH

3 OH OHO O 117 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) 8 7.51 (d, J= 8.9 Hz, 1 H), 4.23 (s, 2 H), 4.09 15 (s, I H), 3.25-2.92 (i, 4), 3.02 (s, 31H), 2.95 (s, 3 H), 2.40-2.19 (m, 2 H), 1.71-1.60 (m, 1 H), 1.40 (d, J= 7.0 Hz, 6 H); MS (ESI) m/z 504,23 (M+H). Compound 118 F H3C, NCH3 OH H M 3 CN

NH

2 OH 0 HO 0 O 118 20 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 5 7.54 (d, .J= 9.1 Hz, 1 H), 4.37 (s, 2 H), 4.10 (s, I H), 3.20-2.85 (m, 3 H), 3.05 (s, 3 H), 2.97 (s, 3 H), 2.91 (s, 3 H), 2.90 (s, 3 H), 2.42-2,20 (m, 2 11), 1.72-1.60 (m, 1 H); MS (ESI) m/z 490.19 (M+H).

- 121 Compound 119 F H 3 C'N-CH3 H H:i

H

3

CH

3 ". NH2

H

3 C HO HOb o 119 Prepared from compound 11.4 by reductive alkylation using formaldehyde 5 under similar conditions: 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 5 7.57 (d, J= 9.1 Hz, 1 H), 4.61 (d, J = 12.8 Hz, 1 H), 4.27 (dd, J= 12.8, 6.4 Hz, 1 H), 4.10 (s, I H), 3.25-2.90 (m, 5), 3.03 (s, 3 H), 2.96 (s, 3 H), 2.95 (s, 3 H), 2.42-2.33 (m, I H), 2.29-2.20 (m, I H), 1.72-1.61 (m, 1 H), 1.10 (d, J= 6 Hz, 9 H); MS (ESI) m/z 546.30 (M+H). 10 Compound 120 F H3C'N-CH3 H H

HNH

2 H 3 C H. H H H 0 HO 00 0 120 Prepared similarly to 114 by reductive alkylation of 113 with t-Bu-N(Cbz)

CH

2 CHO followed by hydrogenation: 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 8 7.59 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, I H), 4.38 (s, 2 H), 4.09 (s, 1 H), 3.60-2.95 (i, 7 H), 3.03 (s, 3 H), 2.96 (s, 3 15 H), 2.41-2.30 (in, I H), 2.28-2.20 (m, I H), 1.72-1.60 (m, 1 H), 1.44 (s, 9 H); MS (ESI) m/z 561.31 (M+H). Compound 121 F H3C'N-cH3 H H: O

HNH

2 H3C _rN NH2 0 OO HO 0 121 20 2-t-Butylaminoacetylchloride hydrochloride (5.8 mg, 0.031 mmol, 1.2 equiv) was added to a DMF solution (0.2 mL) of 113 (12 mg, 0.026 mmol) at 25 'C. The reaction was stirred at 25 IC for 30 min. The reaction mixture was diluted with 0.05 N HCI (2 mL) and injected into a Waters Autopurifi cation system equipped with a Phenomenex Polymerx 10 uRP-1 1OOA column [10 [tm, 150 x 21.20 mm; flow rate, -122 20 mL/min; Solvent A: 0.05 N HCI; Solvent B: CH 3 CN; gradient: 0-100% B over 15 min; mass-directed fraction collection]. Fractions with the desired MW were collected and freeze-dried to yield 3.0 mg of pure 121: 'H NMR (400 MHz,

CD

3 0D) 8 7.34 (d, J= 9.6 Hz, 1 H), 4.46 (s, 2 H), 4.08 (s, 1 H), 3.81 (s, 2 H), 3,18 5 2.92 (m, 3 H), 3.03 (s, 3 H), 2.96 (s, 3 H), 2.32-2.18 (m, 2 H), 1.69-1.60 (m, 1 H), 1.38 (s, 9 H); MS (ESI) m/z 575.30 (M+H). Compound 122 F H3C'N-CH3 H H: OH H -3C H NH 2 6 CHO H HO 0 122 10 Prepared similarly to compound 121: 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 6 7.33 (d, J= 9.9.Hz, 1 H), 4.46 (s, 2 H), 4.08 (s, 1 H), 4.00 (s, 2 H), 3.23-2.91 (n, 3), 3.04 (s, 3 H), 2.97 (s, 3 H), 2.95 (s, 6 H), 2.32-2.18 (m, 2 H), 1.70-1.58 (rn, 1 H); MS (ESI) m/z 547.23 (M+H). 15 Compound 123 F H3CNCH3 H H OH H N

NH

2 0 OH O HO 0 123 Prepared similarly to 121 using n-propyl isocyanate: 'H NMR (400 MVITfz,

CD

3 OD) 6 7.24 (d, J= 9.8 Hz, I H), 4.31 (s, 2 H), 4.08 (s, 1 H), 3.18-2.93 (m, 3 H), 3.10 (t, J = 6,7 Hz, 2 H), 3.03 (s, 3 H), 2.96 (s, 3 H), 2.32-2.18 (i, 2 H), 1.69-1.58 20 (m, I H), 1.55-1.46 (m, 2 H), 0.92 (t, J= 6.7 Hz, 3 H); MS (ESI) m/z 584.01 (M+H). Example 9. Synthesis of Compounds of Structural Formula (A), wherein Y is

-(CH

2

)

3 -N(RA)(Re). Scheme 9 25 - 123 Br 2 /HOAo BnBr/K 2

CO

3 F CH 3 Allyl- S CH CO2Ph Br CO 2 Ph Br CO 2 Ph CO 2 Ph OH OH OBn OTBS OBn 3 9-1 9-2 9-3 a) LDA/TMEDA b) enone F H 3 C' NCH 3 F H 3 CN NH3 H N H3 H HN aq TFA .

/N HO . N:- TBSO N BnO 0 HO 0 OBn BnO o i O OBn 9-5 OTBS OTBS Dess-Martin F H3C,N-CH3 F H3C'NCH3 H JI7RR'NHIHOAC HH * 0, Na(O~)3H R'0 O R IN BnO O HO 0 OBn BnO 0 HO O OBn 9-6 6TBS 9-76T6S 1) aq HF 2) H 2 /Pd-C F

H

3 C'N'CH3 jH: OH R' N

NH

2 OH 0 HO O 9-8 In Scheme 9, R and R' are RA and RB respectively, as defined in Structural Formula (A). The following compounds werer prepared according to Scheme 9. 5 Compound 9-1 F CH3 Br CO 2 Ph OH 9-1 Br 2 (2.7 mlL, 52.0 mmol, 1.2 equiv) was added to a solution of 3 (10.6 g, 43.3 mrnol) in acetic acid (100 mL) at 25 0 C. The reaction was stirred at 25 cC for 10 12 h. The resulting mixture was added dropwise to ice-water (400 mL). The mixture -124 was allowed to warm to 25 *C over I h. The resulting suspension was filtered through a pad of Celite. The solid was washed off with EtOAc. The combined organic layer was dried (Na 2

SO

4 ) and concentrated to give 14 g of crude 9-1. 5 Compound 9-2 F Br CO 2 Ph OBn 9-2 Potassium carbonate (8.9 g, 64.5 mmol, 1.5 equiv) and benzyl bromide (11.5 mL, 96.8 mmol, 2.25 equiv) were added to an acetone solution (100 mL) of crude 9-1 (14 g, 43 mmol) at 25 *C. The reaction was stirred at 25 'C for 12 h and 10 concentrated. The resulting mixture was partitioned between H20 and EtOAc. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc. The combined EtOAc extracts were dried (Na 2

SO

4 ) and concentrated to yield crude 9-2. Flash chromatography on silica gel (100:1 to 30:1 hexanes/EtOAc) yielded 15.4 g of compound 9-2 (87% for 2 steps). 15 Compound 9-3 F

NCH

3 TBSO C02Ph on 9-3 Pd(OAc) 2 (227 mg, 1.0 mmol, 0.2 equiv) and P(0-Tol) 3 (462 mg, 1.5 mmol, 0.3 euiqv) were added to a DMF solution (10 mL) of 9-2 (2.1 g, 5.06 mmol). The reaction was purged with N 2 for 5 min. Et 3 N (3.5 mL, 25.3 mmol, 5 equiv) and 20 allyloxy-t-butyldimethylsilane (2.2 mL, 10.1 mmol, 2 equiv) were added to the reaction. The reaction was heated to 88 C and stirred at 88 *C for 5 h. The reaction was allowed to cool to 25 *C and quenched with H20. The resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc. The combined EtOAc extracts were dried (Na 2

SO

4 ) and concentrated to give crude 9-3. Flash chromatography on silica gel (100:0 to 100:1 25 hexanes/EtOAc) yielded 1.2 g of compound 9-3 (47%). Compound 9-4 - 125 F

H

3 0C CHs TBSO BnO 0 HO 0 08n 9.4 OTBS n-BuLi (1.3 mL, 2.07 mmol, 5.5 equiv) was added to a THF solution (5 mL) of diisopropylamine (0.3 mL, 2.07 mmol, 5.5 equiv) at 0 *C. The reaction was stirred at 0 *C for 30 min and cooled to -78 *C. TMEDA (0.8 mL, 5.64 mmol, 15 5 equiv) was added to the mixture. To the resulting solution was added a THF solution (5 mL) of 9-3 (475 mg, 0.94 mmol, 2.5 equiv). The reaction was stirred at -78 *C for 10 min. A THF solution (5 mL) of enone (181 mg, 0.376 mmol) was added to the reaction at -78 *C. The reaction was stirred at -78 *C for 30 min and allowed to warm to 25 C over 1 h, quenched with saturated NH 4 C], and extracted with EtOAc. 10 The combined EtOAc extracts were dried (Na2SO 4 ) and concentrated to yield the crude product. Preparative reverse phase HPLC purification on a Waters Autopunification system using a Sunfire Prep C18 OBD column [5 sn, 19 x 50 mm; flow rate, 20 mL/min; Solvent A: H20 with 0.1% HCO2H; Solvent B: CH 3 CN with 0.1% HC0 2 H; injection volume: 4.0 mL (CH 3 CN); gradient: 100->100% B over 15 15 min; mass-directed fraction collection]. Fractions with the desired MW were collected and concentrated on a RotaVap at 25 'C to remove most of the acetonitrile. The resulting mostly aqueous solution was extracted with EtOAc. The combined EtOAc extracts were dried (Na 2

SO

4 ) and concentrated to give 200 mg of 9-4 (59%). 20 Compound 9-5 F

H

3 0 ..CH 3 HO N Nn BnO O H 0O OBni 6TBS TFA (0.5 mL) was added to a THF/H 2 0 (2 mL/0.5 mL) solution of 9-4 at 25 C. The reaction was stirred at 25 C for 1 h. The reaction was quenched with sat. NaR.CO3 solution. The reaction was extracted with EtOAc, The combined EtOAc 25 extracts were dried (Na 2

SO

4 ) and concentrated to give crude 9-5. Preparative reverse phase HPLC purification on a Waters Autopurification system using a Sunfire Prep CIS OBD column [5 pim, 19 x 50 mm; flow rate, 20 mL/min; Solvent A: H20 with - 126 0.1% HCO 2 H; Solvent B: CH 3 CN with 0.1% HCO 2 H injection volume: 4.0 mL

(CH

3 CN); gradient: 80-100% B over 15 min; mass-directed fraction collection]. Fractions with the desired MW were collected and concentrated on a RotaVap at 25 C to remove most of the acetonitrile. The resulting mostly aqueous solution was 5 extracted with EtOAc. The combined EtOAc extracts were dried (Na 2

SO

4 ) and concentrated to give 80 mg of 9-5 (46%). Compound 9-6 F H3C'NCH3 O. N BnO 0 HO 0 OBn OTBS 10 Dess-Martin periodinane (18 mg, 0.043 mmol, 1.2 equiv) was added to a

CH

2

CI

2 solution (1 mL) of 9-5 (28 mg, 0.036 mmol) at 25 'C. The reaction was stirred at 25 'C for 30 min and diluted with H20. The resulting mixture was extracted with CH 2

C

2 . The combined CH 2

C

2 extracts were dried (Na 2

SO

4 ) and concentrated to give crude 9-6. 15 Compound 9-7-1 F H3C, NCHs N ON 0 ~ BnO O H O 9-7-1 OTBS Pyrrolidine (15 tL, 0.18 mmol, 5 equiv) was added to a dichloroethane solution (1 mL) of crude 9-6 (0.036 mmol) at 25 C. The reaction was stirred at 20 25 *C for 10 min. HOAc (15 pL) and NaBH(OAc) 3 (15 mg, 0.072 mmol, 2 equiv) were added to the reaction. The reaction mixture was stirred at 25 *C for I h and quenched with H 2 0. The resulting mixture was extracted with CH 2

C

2 . The combined CH 2 C1 2 extracts were dried (Na 2

SO

4 ) and concentrated to give crude 9-7 1. Preparative reverse phase HPLC purification on a Waters Autopurification system 25 using a Sunfire Prep C1 8 OBD column [5 prm, 19 x 50 mm; flow rate, 20 mL/min; Solvent A 1120 with 0.1% HCO 2 H; Solvent B: CH 3 CN with 0.1% HCO 2 H; injection volume: 4.0 mL (CH 3 CN); gradient: 0-+100% B over 15 min; mass- - 127 directed fraction collection]. Fractions with the desired MW were collected and concentrated on a RotaVap at 25 'C to remove most of the acetonitrile. The resulting mostly aqueous solution was extracted with EtOAc. The combined EtOAc extracts were dried (Na 2 S04) and concentrated to give 6 mg of 9-7-1 (20% for 2 steps). 5 Compound 124 F H3C,' Ct OH OH O HO 0 810 Aqueous HF (0.3 mL, 48%) was added to a CH 3 CN solution (2 mL) of 9-7-1. (6 mg, 0.007 mmol) in a polypropylene tube at 25 *C. The reaction was stirred at 10 25 C for 18 h. The resulting mixture was poured into an aqueous solution of

K

2 HP0 4 (2 g, dissolved in 15 mL water). The mixture was extracted with EtOAc. The combined EtOAc extracts were dried (Na 2

SO

4 ) and concentrated to yield crude desilyl product. 15 Palladium on carbon (2 mg, 10 wt%) was added to a HCI/MeOH solution (0.5N, 2 mL) of the crude desilyl product. The reaction was purged with hydrogen and stirred under H2 (balloon) at 25 *C for 4 h. The reaction mixture was filtered through a small Celite plug. The filtrate was concentrated to yield the crude product. Preparative reverse phase HPLC purification on a Waters Autopurification system 20 using a Phenomenex Polymerx 10 g RP- I 100A column [10 grm, 150 x 21.20 mm; flow rate, 20 mL/min; Solvent A: 0.05 N HCI/water; Solvent B: CH 3 CN; injection volume: 4,0 mL (0,05 N HCI/water); gradient: 0-50% B over 7 min, 50--100% over 3 min, and 100% over 5 min; mass-directed fraction collection]. Fractions with the desired MW, eluting at 6.4-8.2 min, were collected and fteeze-dried to yield 25 1. 5 mg of compound 124: 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 5 7.28 (d, J= 9.7 Hz, 1 H), 4.08 (s, I H), 3.71-3.63 (m, 2 H), 3.32-2.95 (m, 7 H), 3.04 (s, 3 H), 2.96 (s, 3 1), 2.81-2.73 (n, 2 H), 2.32-1.98 (n, 8 H), 1.70-1.59 (m, I H); MS (ESI) m/z 544.18 (M+H). Compounds 125 - 127 were prepared similarly to compound 124 using the 30 corresponding amines in the reductive amination step.

- 128 Compound 125

H

3 C' CH3 F N H H 0' C~OH 3C,N NH 2

H

3 C t OH O HO 0 125 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) 8 7.28 (d, J= 9.7 Hz, I H), 4.08 (s, 1 H), 3.25 5 2.94 (m, 5 H), 3.04 (s, 3 H), 2.96 (s, 3 H), 2.89 (s, 6 H), 2.80-2.70 (m, 2 H), 2.32 2.18 (n, 2 H), 2.10-2.00 (m, 2 H), 1.70-1.58 (m, 1 H); MS (ESI) n/z 518.26 (M+H). Compound 126 F H3CN-CH3 H H OH H5C I NH2

CH

3 OHO HO 0 128 10 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 5 7.27 (d, J= 9.6 Hz, I H), 4.08 (s, 1 H), 3.20 2.93 (m, 5 H), 3,04 (s, 3 H), 2.96 (s, 3 H), 2.82-2.72 (m, 2 H), 2.33-2.19 (m, 2 H), 2.04-1.94 (m, 2 H), 1.70-1.58 (m, 2 H), 1.37 (s, 9 H); MS (ESI) m/z 546.20 (M+H). Compound 127 F H3C, N-CH3 H H H N OH HI

F

3 CN NH 2 OH 0 HO 0 0 15 127 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) 6 7.28 (d, J = 9.7 Hz, I H), 4.09 (s, 1 H), 4.04 (q, J= 9.0 Hz, 2 H), 3.25-2.95 (m, 5 H), 3.04 (s, 3 H), 2.97 (s, 3 H), 2.84-2.75 (m, 2 H), 2.32-2.20 (m, 2 H), 2.13-2.03 (n, 2 H), 1.70-1.58 (m, 1 H); MS (ESI) m/z 572.22 (M+H). 20 Compound 128 - 129 F H3C'N...CH3 H H - OH HO NH 2 OH 0 H OH 0 128 Compound 128 was prepared from compound 9-5 by HF treatment following by hydrogenation under similar conditions: 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 5 7.21 (d, J = 9.87 Hz, 1 H), 4.07 (s, 1 H), 3.63-3.57 (m, 2 H), 3.20-2.90 (m, 5 H), 3.04 (s, 3 5 H), 2.96 (s, 3 H), 2.75-2.68 (m, 2 H), 2.32-2.17 (m, 2 H), 1.89-1.79 (in, 2 H), 1.70 1.57 (m, 1 H), 1.25 (dJ= 7.2 Hz, 1 H); MS (ESI) m/z 491.18 (M+H). Example 10. Synthesis of Compound 129 Scheme 10 10 F F H 3 CN' CH3

CH

3 a) iPrMgCl-LICI

CH

3 a) LDA/TMEDA H H b) CH 3 1 b) none ,N Br CO 2 Ph H3C CO 2 Ph H 3 0 OBn OBn BnO O i O OBn 9-2 10-1 10

-

2 TBS aqHF F H 3 CN-CH3 F H3C'N'CH3 H Hi OH HH

H

2 /Pd-C

H

3 C NH2 H3C OH 0 HO O BnO 0 HO OBn 129 10-3 The following compounds were prepared according to Scheme 10. 15 Compound 10-1 F # CH 3

H

3 C CO 2 Ph OBn 10-1 iPrMgCl-LiC (0.68 mL, 1.2 M, 0.82 mmol, 2 equiv) was added to a THIF solution (5 mL) of 9-2 (170 mg, 0.41 mmol) at 0 *C. The reaction was stirred at 0 *C for 30 min. MeI (0.2 mL, 1.64 mmol, 4 equiv) was added to the reaction mixture.

- 130 The reaction was stirred at 0 *C for 30 min and allowed to warm to 25 *C over 1 h. The reaction was quenched with NH4Cl solution and extracted with EtOAc. The combined EtOAc extracts were dried (Na 2

SO

4 ) and concentrated to give crude 10-i. Flash chromatography on silica gel (30:1 hexanes/EtOAc) yielded 31 mg of 5 compound 10-1 (22%). Compound 10-2 F H3C'N cH3 Hi ti

H

3 C N BnO 0 HO OBn 10-2 OTBS A THF solution (1 mL) of 10-1. (31 mg, 0.088 mmol, 1.7 equiv) was add to a 10 TIF solution (1 mL) of LDA (0.1.3 mL, 1.3 M, 0.176 mmol, 3.3 equiv) and TMEDA (39 gL, 0.26 mmol, 4.9 equiv). The reaction was stirred at -78 *C for 10 min, A THF solution (1 mL) of enone (26 mg, 0.053 mmol) was added to the reaction at -78 *C. The reaction was stirred at -78 'C for 30 min and allowed to warm to 25 *C over I h, quenched with saturated NH 4 Cl solution, and extracted with 15 EtOAc. The combined EtOAc extracts were dried (Na 2

SO

4 ) and concentrated to yield the crude 10-2. Preparative reverse phase HPLC purification on a Waters Autopurification system using a Sunfire Prep C18 OBD column [5 Rm, 19 x 50 mm; flow rate, 20 mL/min; Solvent A: H 2 0 with 0.1% HCO 2 H; Solvent B: CH 3 CN with 0.1% HCO 2 H; injection volume: 4.0 mL (CH 3 CN); gradient: 80--*100% B over 15 20 min; mass-directed fraction collection]. Fractions with the desired MW were collected and concentrated on a RotaVap at 25 *C to remove most of the acetonitrile. The resulting mostly aqueous solution was extracted with EtOAc. The combined EtOAc extracts were dried (Na 2

SO

4 ) and concentrated to give 10 mg of 1.0-2 (26%). 25 Compound 10-3 F H3CN-CH3 H H i IN H3C BnO 0 HO 0 OBn 1043 - 131 Aqueous HF (0.3 mL, 48%) was added to a CH 3 CN solution (2 mL) of 10-2 (6 mg, 0.008 mmol) in a polypropylene tube at 25 'C. The reaction was stirred at 25 'C for 18 h, The resulting mixture was poured into an aqueous solution of

K

2 HP0 4 (2 g, dissolved in 15 mL water). The mixture was extracted with EtOAc. 5 The combined EtOAc extracts were dried (Na 2

SO

4 ) and concentrated to yield crude 10-3. Compound 129 F HsC'.,C: H ' H iOH

H

2 0C. NH 2 OH O HOHO 129 10 Palladium on carbon (2 mg, 10 wt%) was added to a HCl/MeOH solution (0.5N, 2 nL) of the crude 10-3. The reaction was purged with hydrogen and stirred under H 2 (balloon) at 25 *C for 4 h. The reaction mixture was filtered through a small Celite plug, The filtrate was concentrated to yield the crude product. Preparative reverse phase HPLC purification on a Waters Autopurification system 15 using a Phenomenex Polymerx 10 [t RP-1 IOA column [10 [.tm, 150 x 21.20 mm; flow rate, 20 niL/min; Solvent A: 0.05 N HCl/water; Solvent B: CH 3 CN; injection volume: 4.0 mL (0.05 N HC/water); gradient: 0-+70% B over 7 min, 70-+100% over 3 min, and 100% over 5 min; mass-directed fraction collection]. Fractions with the desired MW were collected and freeze-dried to yield 1.5 mg of compound 129: 20 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD30D) 5 7.19 (d, . = 9.7 Hz, 1 H), 4.07 (s, I H), 3.20-2.93 (m, 3 H), 3.03 (s, 3 H), 2.96 (s, 3 H), 2.31-2.17 (m, 21H), 2.22 (s, 3 H), 1.69-1.58 (m, 1 H); MS (ESI) i/z 447.23 (M+H). Example I. Synthesis of Compounds 130-132 25 Scheme 11 - 132 F F Re R' F R 6 N a) sBuUi/TMEDA *9 a) (CoCI) 2 K b) ReCH- 2 Br or RH 2 I f" b) PhOH/QMAP rTBBr 3

CO

2 H >C 2 H >~C 2 Ph ( CO 2 Ph

O)CH

3

OCH

3 OCH, OH 11-1 11-2 11-3 F R 6

H

3 C. N CH3 F R 6 HaC, N'CH, F R 6 H H OH 1) aqHF H z a LQAfTMEDA I1u b) NNH 2 /P- 0N. enpone 14 N CO 2 Ph O HOO 0BocO 0OHO 0 OBn OBOC 11-8 11.5 6TBS 11-4 1) HN0 3 2) H 2 IPd-C F R 8 HC, vCH, F R6 H3 GN XH3 H H OH 1) BrCH 2 COBr ':- OH. -*~ N NH~ 2) RQRwNH Rv 0 H

#

2 - m HR~ l s ~ N OH 0 HOH H OH 0 HOHO 0 11-7 11-8 In Scheme 11, R(6, R(9, and R(9' is X, RB, and RA, respectively as defined in Structural Formula (A). 5 Compounds 130- 132 were prepared according to Scheme 11. Compound 130 F H3C, XfH3 10 130 Compound 131 F Et H3Q XH3 H I OH I ~ NH 2 OH 0HO0 0 15 Compound 132 - 133 F Et H3C'N'H3 0 H OH

H

3 C 0 N' NH 2

H

3 C>1 H H0H

CH

3 OHOHO O 132 Example 12. Synthesis of Compounds 133-135 Scheme 12 5 F CH 3 F CH 3 F H 3 F CH 3 Br/HAa) LDAMEDA Br 1)BBr 3 Br I c hB2IOcB# b) C 2 Br 2

C

4 .B p 2) Boc 2 O B# OP

YC

2 Ph Br CO 2 Phi Br CO 2 Ph Br CO 2 Ph OCHa OCHs OCH OBoc 11-2-1 12-1 12-2 12-3 (Prepared according to Scheme 11 using Et-I in the first step) a) LDA/TMEDA b) enone F HC H C'N'CH H 3 C'N'CHN U t aqF HG CIN NH2 2)H 2 /Pd-C BN 0 Br OH 0 HOO O 0 0o OBfl 133 12.4 OTBS 2) 2/Pd-C F HaC H CN..CH, F HaC HaC6,N. CH OH 1) BrCH 2 COBr H H SH 2)R NH R0 1i

H

2 N NH 2 RN NH 2 H0 OH HOHO O H OH OHOHO 0 12-5 12-6 In Scheme 12, R and R 9 ' is RB, and RA, respectively, as defined in Structural Formula (A). 10 Compounds 133 - 135 were prepared according to Scheme 12. Compound 133 HC HC NCH, OH

NH

2 OH O HO 0 15 133 Compound 134 -134 F H' 1 3 c.. .CH 3 FC H HH OH

H

3 C NH 2

H

3 C 0

CH

2 3 OH O HO O 134 Compound 135

H

3 C H3C,N' H3 - H H H, Ni N N NH 2 H OHHO HO 0 5 135 Example 13 The antibacterial activities for the compounds of the invention were studied according to the following protocols. 10 Minimum Inhibitory Concentration Assay Frozen bacterial strains were thawed and subcultured onto Mueller Hinton Broth (MHB) or other appropriate media (Streptococcus requires blood and Haemophilus requires hemin and NAD). Following incubation overnight, the strains were subcultured onto Mueller Hinton Agar and again incubated overnight. 15 Colonies were observed for appropriate colony morphology and lack of contamination. Isolated colonies were selected to prepare a starting inoculum equivalent to a 0.5 McFarland standard. The starting inoculum was diluted 1:125 using MHB for further use. Test compounds were prepared by dilution in sterile water to a final concentration of 5.128mg/mL. Antibiotics (stored frozen, thawed 20 and used within 3 hours of thawing) and compounds were further diluted to the desired working concentrations. The assays were run as follows. Fifty pL of MHB was added to wells 2 - 12 of a 96-well plate. One hundred pL of appropriately diluted antibiotics was added to well 1. Fifty gL of antibiotics was removed from well 1 and added to well 2 and the 25 contents of well 2 mixed by pipetting up and down five times. Fifty jL of the mixture in well 2 was removed and added to well 3 and mixed as above. Serial dilutions were continued in the same manner through well 12. Fifty pL was removed from well 12 so that all contained 50 [LL. Fifty t.L of the working inoculum was then added to all test wells. A growth control well was prepared by adding 50 pL of - 135 working inoculum and 50 tiL of MHB to an empty well. The plates were then incubated at 37 'C overnight, removed from the incubator and each well was read on a plate reading mirror. The lowest concentration (MIC) of test compound that inhibited the growth of the bacteria was recorded. 5 Example: 1 2 3 4 61718 9 10 1111 [Abtj 32 1 1 1 10.5 0.25 10.125 I .06 10.03 0.015 grow - I + + + + [abt] = antibiotic concentration in the well Grow = bacterial growth (cloudiness) Interpretation: MIC = 2 jg/L 10 Protocol for Determining Inoculum Concentration (Viable Count) Ninety pL of sterile 0.9% NaC was pipetted into wells 2-6 of a 96-well microtiter plate. Fifty 50pl of the inoculum was pipetted into well 1, Ten pL was removed from well 1 and added it to well 2 followed by mixing. Ten pL was 15 removed from well two and mixed with the contents of well 3 and so on creating serial dilutions through well 6. Ten pL was removed from each well and spotted onto an appropriate agar plate. The plate was placed into a CO 2 incubator overnight. The colonies in spots that contain distinct colonies were counted. Viable count was calculated by multiplying the number of colonies by the dilution factor. 20 Spot from .1 2 3 4 5 6 Well Dilution 102 101 104 101 106 107 Factor II Bacterial Strains Fifteen bacterial strains, listed below, were examined in minimum inhibitory concentration (MIC) assays. ID Organism Source Resistance Comments Gram Rx Smith strain (animal SA100 S aureus ATCC 13709 MSSA model) positive SA101 S aureus ATCC 29213 MSSA control positive tet resistant: tetK positive SA158 S aureus MR, SK75 (efflux) positive Micromyx, tet resistant: tet(M) SA161 S aureus LLC ribosomal protection positive EF103 E. faecalis ATCC 29212 tet control positive - 136 intermedi ate/resistant - mechanism. not specified tet resistant:tetM (rib EF159 E faecalis MR. DS160 protect) cip-R, ery-i positive SP106 S. pneumoniae ATCC 49619 wt control positive tet resistant:tet M positive SPI60 S. pneumoniae MR, 54 (rib protect) pen-R, ery-R EC107 E. coli ATCC 25922 wt control negative tet resistant: tetA negative EC155 E. coli MR, 10 effluxx) K KP109 pneumoniae ATCC 13883 negative K. tet resistant:tetA KP1 53 pneumoniae MR, I (efflux) cip-R, gen-R EC108 E. cloacae ATCC 13047 wt negative AB110 A. baunani ATCC 19606 wt negative PA II P. aeruginosa ATCC 27853 wt control negative MSSA = iethicillin susceptible S. aureus wt = wild type ATCC = American Type Culture Collection MR = Marilyn Roberts, University of Washington tet = tetracycline cip ciprofloxacin R = resistant gen = gentamicin cry = erythromycin pen = penicillin Results Values of minimum inhibition concentration (MIC) for the compounds of the invention are provided in Tables Ia, lb, 2a , 2b and 3. 5 Compound MICs (ug/mL) ID ID____ SA101 SA100 SA161 SA1 58 EF103 EF159 SP106 SP160 11 0125 0.25 0.25 0.0625 0.0625 0.125 !0.0156 50.0156 12 0.0156 0.0156 0.125 0.5 50.0156 0.0625 50.0156 50.0156 13 50.0156 50.0156 0.0625 0.25 50.0156 0.0625 50.0156 s*.0156 14 0.5 0.25 0.5 0.25 0.125 0.25 0.03 0,125 15 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.25 0.5 0.5 0.016 0.016 16 0.125 0.25 0.25 0.5 0.0625 0.0625 s0.0156 0.0156 17 0.25 0.5 1 2 0,25 1 0.0625 0.0625 18 0.0625 50.0156 0.0625 0.125 S0.0156 0.0313 90.0156 <0.016 -137 19 0.125 0.25 0.25 0.25 50.0156 0.125 0.0156 50.0156 20 s0.0156 0.25 0.25 0.5 s0.0156 0.0625 s5.0156 s0.0156 21 0.25 0.25 0.5 4 0.125 1 50.0156 0.0625 22 1 1 2 4 2 4 0.5 1 23 0.0156 0.5 0.125 0.25 s0.0156 0.0313 0.0156 <0.0156 24 0.25 0.25 0.125 0.125 50.0156 50.0156 0.0156 0.0156 25 0.125 0.125 0.125 0.0313 s0.0156 0.0625 s0.0156 s0.0156 26 1 1 1 1 0.25 0.5 0.0156 50.0156 27 2 2 4 16 2 4 0.125 0.5 28 1 2 2 1 1 1 0.125 0.0625 29 4 4 4 2 2 2 1 1 30 2 1 4 2 2 2 2 4 31 1 2 2 1 0.5 1 0.25 0,25 Table la Compound MiCs (uglmL) ID EC107 EC155 ABI10 PA111 EC108 KP109 KP153 11 0.25 2 0.5 16 1 1 2 12 0.25 a 1 16 1 1 4 13 0.125 4 0.25 16 1 0.5 2 14 0.5 4 0.25 16 2 1 2 15 1 4 0.125 16 4 2 4 16 0.5 a 1 16 1 1 4 17 2 32 0.5 32 a 4 32 18 0.125 4 0.25 16 0.5 0.5 4 19 0.25 4 0.25 16 2 1 4 20 0.25 a 1 a 1 1 4 21 1 16 2 16 4 2 a 22 16 >32 2 -32 >32 32 >32 23 0.125 8 0.125 8 1 0.5 8 24 0.5 8 0.0313 16 2 1 8 25 0.5 a 0.125 32 2 2 a 26 0.5 4 0.25 16 2 2 4 27 4 32 16 >32 16 a 32 28 2 16 0.5 >32 8 4 16 29 a 8 8 >32 8 8 a 30 >32 >32 8 >32 >32 >32 >32 31 2 8 0.5 >32 8 4 a Table lb 5 - 138 Compound MICs (ug/mL) ID SA101 SA100 SA161 SA158 EF103 EF159 SP106 SP160 32 0.125 0.5 0.25 0.5 0.0625 0.125 50.0156 50.0156 33 0.25 0,5 1 2 0.25 1 0.0156 0.125 34 0.0156 0.0625 0.0625 0.125 50,0156 500156 50.0156 50.0156 36 0.25 0.25 0.5 0.5 0.125 0.25 0.016 0.016 36 0.25 0.5 0,5 1 0.25 0.25 0.0156 s0.0156 37 8 8 >32 >32 16 16 2 4 38 8 8 16 32 8 16 2 8 39 2 2 2 16 2 2 0.25 0.5 40 1 1 1 16 .1 1 0.0625 0.5 41 1 1 2 1 1 2 0.125 0.125 42 0.5 1 2 1 0.5 1 0.125 0.0625 43 0.5 0.5 1 Q.5 0.25 0.5 s0.0156 50.0156 44 4 4 8 8 8 8 0,5 1 45 0.5 0.5 1 0.5 0.25 0.5 0125 0.06 46 0.25 0.25 0.5 0.25 0.25 0.5 0.125 0.125 Table 2a Compound MICs (ug/nL) ID EC107 EC155 AB110 PA111 EC108 KPI09 KP153 32 0.25 8 2 8 1 1 4 33 2 >32 4 >32 16 4 >32 34 0.25 2 0.125 16 1 0.5 2 35 1 16 0.25 >32 8 4 8 36 2 32 0.125 >32 4 4 32 37 >32 >32 >32 >32 >32 >32 >32 38 >32 >32 >32 >32 >32 >32 >32 39 4 >32 32 >32 16 16 >32 40 4 >32 8 32 4 8 32 41 4 16 0.5 >32 16 8 16 42 4 16 0.5 >32 16 8 16 43 1 4 0.125 32 4 2 4 44 32 >32 8 >32 >32 >32 >32 45 1 2 0.06 >32 4 2 4 46 2 4 0.125 >32 32 4 32 Table 2b -139 O~ dM M ) uMM 0= 0 u err .0 0 > w bl) 0: M-m MC0 UXU UM<M + ; r-0 Q -t 0r cqr lr .r - 140 ONr ~00 CD' C, 4m mmm< m mmtg 4-m-MMM u qP o -C QC)C 49 C U 2P 2 Ami A ( ( Ammmmmu In7I00II nI nIn\ r L 00Q Q Q Q UQ Q Q p< QO 0Q U U~ 00 r 00QQ VQ UU QQUQ OU QQ QU QQU 0 QQQCQMU1Q0VUU(U0VQ0QQM<OQVQQQQUUQQUQ ON O~ cn ,m C 0 -u m x o x m x m m m m m m 2 M0 X )U4n )MMC QMXU qMMC ON' 0-r c0 " , -WC 0 N(I L . r-r -r lr ( -O '1 0 t 0 0w wC C ,()a %C - 142 ~00 00 C 000 U cn 00 C4 -~ ~_7 00 u )Ummm QAmx4X V) ) UL)U uu MImu uPQ uu uu uu m m M z 4PQ00 rn c .uuu uuuuuuuu Qmc m u )U L uuuuuuuC)Qmuc; ,I 1- 0 r 0C l .I n kzl110 , C4r o1, -143 ci C' oc OQA 00 -,r)~C 00 A~ cl 1 \0 00 cr 'z= c -144 EDIV study Compounds of the present invention were evaluated for efficacy in a mouse systemic infection model against a susceptible S. aureus isolate, ATCC 13709. 5 Mice were infected via intraperitoneal injection with a bacterial load that would result in 0% survival within 48 hours after infection. Mice received the test compounds 60 minutes post infection via intravenous injection. Infection control groups did not receive treatment. Survival was assessed over a 48 hour period. Percent survival was calculated and PDo values determined using Probit analysis. 10 Tet-R sepsis study The protocol for tetracycline-resistance sepsis study was similar to the protocol for EV 5 o IV study described above except the infection model used S. aureus SA161, a tetracycline-resistant strain. 15 GN sepsis The protocol for GN sepsis study was similar to the protocol for EVso IV study described above except the infection model used E coli ATCC 25922. 20 Metabolic stability A stock solution of the test compounds were prepared by dissolving the compound in DMSO to a final concentration of 1.0 mg/mL. The analytes and internal standard were diluted and infused into the LC/MS system to determine optimal ionization, polarity and MS/MS fragmentation for 25 selection of specific MRM (multiple reaction monitoring) transitions. Generic chromatographic conditions were developed with a less than 5 minute cycle time. Pooled human microsome assays were conducted at 0.2 mg/mL protein with an NADPH generating cofactor system (1.3mM NADP+, 3.3rmM glucose-6 phosphate, O.4U/mL glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase, and 3.3mM magnesium 30 chloride). Test compounds were diluted from DMSO stocks to 1 pM reaction concentrations. Time points were removed at 0 and 60 minutes. After a protein crash - 145 with acetonitrile, samples are analyzed by LC/MS/MS. Peak areas are compared to the time 0 sample, and the percent analyte remaining is calculated. A reaction containing no cofactor was used to control for analyte loss due to non-specific binding, thermal degradation and solubility. 5 SA MIC90 Twenty randomly selected clinical isolates of S. aureus were used to detennine the minimal inhibitory concentration (MIC) of test compounds for 90% of the isolates (MICao). MICs were performed by microtiter broth dilution in a 96-well 10 format according to Clinical Laboratory Standards Institute (CLSI) guidelines, as described above. Viable counts were determined by 10-fold serial dilution. Dilutions were prepared in sterile 0.9% NaCl. Ten microliters of the inoculum and of each of 5 dilutions were plated onto blood or Mueller Hinton agar plates, incubated overnight 15 at 37 *C with 5% C0 2 , and counted. TetR MIC90 Ten isolates selected based on resistance to tetracycline were used to determine the MIC 9 e as described above. 20 EC MIC90 Twenty randomly selected clinical isolates of E. coli were used to determine the MIC 9 0 as described above. 25 Protein bindin g Test compounds were prepared as 1.0 mg/mL stock solutions in DMSO. The analytes and internal standard were diluted and infused into the LC/MS system to determine optimal ionization, polarity and MS/MS fragmentation for selection of specific MRM (multiple reaction monitoring) transitions. Generi c chromatographic 30 conditions were developed with a less than 5 minute cycle time.

- 146 The DMSO stocks were diluted to 1 and 10 pg/mL in human plasma and incubated in RED devices for 4 hours at 37 "C. The time point was removed at the end of the incubation period. After a protein crash with acetonitrile, the sample es were analyzed by LC/MS/MS, Peak areas for the buffer (receiver) and sample 5 (donor) chambers were compared and the protein bound fraction is calculated. Analysis was conducted in duplicate. Thigh burden Female CD-1 mice were pre-treated with cyclophosphamide to render the 10 mice neutropenic. Mice were infected with S. aureus ATCC 13709 via injection into the right thigh muscle of 0.1 ml per mouse. One and a half hours post infection mice were treated IV with test compounds in doses ranging from 0.3 to 30 mg/kg or 0.3 to 20 mg/kg. Four mice were treated with each drug concentration. Twenty-four hours post treatment, mice were euthanized by CO 2 inhalation. The right thighs of 15 the mice were aseptically removed, weighed, homogenized, serially diluted, and plated on TSA medium. The plates were incubated overnight at 37 0 C in 5% Co 2 . Colony forming units per gram of thigh was calculated by enumerating the plated colonies then adjusting for serial dilutions and the weight of the thigh. 20 The results for the biological activity studies described above are listed in Table 4.

- 147 10 z 0 00 LO I,. co 00 0 (N0N0)( (NN inao t o in) > on 0 0 0 6 Z X: z X3 N~~ Or , x Z 0 0 O x ~ o = N 0o' /- -I "'

I

L/LL 0 LL 21 0= 21 ZI Orloi O TZzz x'e -148 IV 40 0 0; -0 ~5 0 0 0 .

0 0 0 0Q o o 0- c0 Vr 0 I3M'CU.bawnenRPcinoDCC'ACGW919949 iL*x-l6/06/2I'! - 149 While this invention has been particularly shown and described with references to example embodiments thereof, it will be understood by those skilled in the art that various changes in form and details may be made therein without departing from the scope of the invention encompassed by the appended claims. The reference in this specification to any prior publication (or information derived from it), or to any matter which is known, is not, and should not be taken as an acknowledgment or admission or any form of suggestion that that prior publication (or information derived from it) or known matter forms part of the common general knowledge in the field of endeavour to which this specification relates. Throughout this specification and the claims which follow, unless the context requires otherwise, the word "comprise", and variations such as "comprises" and "comprising", will be understood to imply the inclusion of a stated integer or step or group of integers or steps but not the exclusion of any other integer or step or group of integers or steps.

Claims (22)

1. A compound represented by the following structural formula: CRs Of-a H HH CH 3 , OH N 0I .N s NHz HO HO 0 0 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof

2. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound as defined in Claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent, and optionally one or more additional therapeutic agents.

3 A method for treating or preventing an infection caused by bacteria in a subject comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a compound as defined in Claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof

4. A method according to Claim 3, wherein the infection is caused by a Gram-positive bacterium selected from Staphylococcus spp, Streptococcus spp., Propionibacteriun sp, Enterococcus spp., Bacillus spp, Coiynebacteriun spp., Nocardia sppy, Clostridiun spp, Actinobacteria spp, and Listeria spp.

5, A method according to Claim 3, wherein the infection is caused by a Gram negative bacterium selected for Enterobactericeae, Bacteroidaceac, ibrionaceae, Pasteurellae, Pseudoinonadaceae. NeisseriaceaRickettsiae Moraxellaceae, any species of Proteeae, Acinetobacter sppy, Helicobacter spp and Campiobacter sp.o

6. A method according to claim 3, wherein the infection is a urinary tract infection. -151

7, A method according to Claim 5, wherein the Enterobactericeae bacteria is . coli or Klebsiella pneumonia.

8, A method according to Claim 3, wherein the infection is caused by K pneumoniae, Salmonella, E. hirae, A, baumanii, M. catarrhalis, H Znfluenzae, P. aeruginosa,E. faecin, E. coli, S. aureus or E. faecalis.

9. A method according to Claim 3, wherein the infection is caused rickettsiae, chlamydiae, Legionella spp. or Mycoplasma spp.

10. A method according to Claim 3, wherein the infection is a skin infection, a respiratory tract infection or a hospital acquired infection.

11. Ae method according to Claim 3, wherein the infection is an intra-abdominal infection.

12, A method according to Claim 3, wherein the compound as defined in Claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is administered alone.

13. A method according to Claim 3, wherein the compound as defined in Claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is administered in combination with one or more additional therapeutic agents.

14. Use of a compound as defined in claii 11, or a pharnaceutically acceptable salt thereof in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of an infection caused by bacteria.

15. Use according to claim 14, wherein the infection is caused by a Grain-positive bacterium selected from Stapylococcus spp, Streptococcus spp, N'AC.C3y2Mhrt1YkdBVCPJYY 4s- AcWMX 2 0W - 152 Propionibacterium spp., Enterococcus spp., Bacillus spp, Coynebacteriun spp,, Nocardia spp,, Clostridium spp., Actinobacteria spy, and Literia spp.

16. Use according to Claim 14, wherein the infection is caused by a Gram-negative bacterium selected form EnzerobactericeaeB, acteroidaceae, Vibrionaceae, Pasteurellae, Pseudonionadaceae, Neisseriaceae, Rickettsiae, Moraxellaceae, any species of Proteeae, Acinetobacter spp, Jlelicobacter spp., and Cam pyl obacter

17. Use according to claim 14, wherein the infection is a urinary tract infection.

18 Use according to Claim 16, wherein the Enterobactericeae bacteria is . coli or Klebsiella pneumonia,

19 Use according to Claim 14, wherein the infection is caused by K. pneumoniae, Salmonella, E. hirae, A. bawnanii, M catarrhalis, H influenzae, P. aerugiosa, E. fecium, E coli, S. aureus or K. faecealis.

20 Use according to Claim 14, wherein the infection is caused rickettsiae, chlamydiae, Legione/la spp, or Ayeoplasma spp.

21 Use according to Claim 14, wherein the infection is a skin infection, a respiratory tract infection or a hospital acquired infection.,

22 Use according to Claim 14, wherein the infection is an intra-abdominal infection.